EP1104304A1 - Multivalent avb3 and metastasis-associated receptor ligands - Google Patents
Multivalent avb3 and metastasis-associated receptor ligandsInfo
- Publication number
- EP1104304A1 EP1104304A1 EP99916118A EP99916118A EP1104304A1 EP 1104304 A1 EP1104304 A1 EP 1104304A1 EP 99916118 A EP99916118 A EP 99916118A EP 99916118 A EP99916118 A EP 99916118A EP 1104304 A1 EP1104304 A1 EP 1104304A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- gly
- seq
- group
- amino
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 45
- 206010027476 Metastases Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 26
- 230000009401 metastasis Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 25
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 176
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 96
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 65
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 135
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 86
- 102000006992 Interferon-alpha Human genes 0.000 claims description 74
- 108010047761 Interferon-alpha Proteins 0.000 claims description 74
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 66
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 60
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 claims description 58
- -1 interleukin-l╬┤ Proteins 0.000 claims description 56
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 claims description 53
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 49
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 45
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 38
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 37
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 claims description 31
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 claims description 31
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 25
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 24
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 22
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002911 monocyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 230000001772 anti-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 17
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 13
- 102100040019 Interferon alpha-1/13 Human genes 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 12
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 102100040018 Interferon alpha-2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 108010079944 Interferon-alpha2b Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- VWEWCZSUWOEEFM-WDSKDSINSA-N Ala-Gly-Ala-Gly Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(O)=O VWEWCZSUWOEEFM-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004995 haloalkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940047124 interferons Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003588 lysine group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 5
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002955 immunomodulating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- MGOGKPMIZGEGOZ-REOHCLBHSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3-hydroxypropanamide Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(N)=O MGOGKPMIZGEGOZ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- WFOVEDJTASPCIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[(4-methyl-5-pyridin-4-yl-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)methylamino]-n-[[2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methyl]benzamide Chemical compound N=1N=C(C=2C=CN=CC=2)N(C)C=1CNC(C=1)=CC=CC=1C(=O)NCC1=CC=CC=C1C(F)(F)F WFOVEDJTASPCIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 102400000068 Angiostatin Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010079709 Angiostatins Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000005718 Stomach Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N aspergillomarasmine B Natural products OC(=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010017758 gastric cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010073071 hepatocellular carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- IHCHOVVAJBADAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-hydroxy-4-(1h-pyrazol-4-yl)phenyl]-6-methoxy-3,4-dihydro-2h-chromene-3-carboxamide Chemical compound C1C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2OCC1C(=O)NC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=1C=NNC=1 IHCHOVVAJBADAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000011549 stomach cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- BVRDQVRQVGRNHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-morpholin-4-ylpyrimido[2,1-a]isoquinolin-4-one Chemical compound N1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CN2C(=O)C=C1N1CCOCC1 BVRDQVRQVGRNHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000007644 Colony-Stimulating Factors Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010071942 Colony-Stimulating Factors Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102400001047 Endostatin Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010079505 Endostatins Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010075944 Erythropoietin Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102100036509 Erythropoietin receptor Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- SCCPDJAQCXWPTF-VKHMYHEASA-N Gly-Asp Chemical group NCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O SCCPDJAQCXWPTF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010078049 Interferon alpha-2 Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 101710106107 Interferon alpha-D Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000013462 Interleukin-12 Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010065805 Interleukin-12 Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000000704 Interleukin-7 Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010002586 Interleukin-7 Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- HQMLIDZJXVVKCW-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alaninamide Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(N)=O HQMLIDZJXVVKCW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical group N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940047120 colony stimulating factors Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003394 haemopoietic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004441 haloalkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001145 hydrido group Chemical group *[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940117681 interleukin-12 Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940100994 interleukin-7 Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010074415 Angiogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 102000008076 Angiogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 229940125810 compound 20 Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N gtpl8555 Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](B1O[C@@]2(C)[C@H]3C[C@H](C3(C)C)C[C@H]2O1)CCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JAXFJECJQZDFJS-XHEPKHHKSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000002491 angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 7
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 5
- 201000011066 hemangioma Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 93
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 69
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 67
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 65
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 57
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 45
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 44
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 39
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 37
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 34
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 32
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 29
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 27
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 27
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 27
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 27
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 27
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 229960000789 guanidine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 26
- PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanidinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].NC(N)=[NH2+] PJJJBBJSCAKJQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 24
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 24
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 23
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 20
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 19
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 17
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 11
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 10
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 10
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diethylethanamine Substances CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 108010031318 Vitronectin Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102100035140 Vitronectin Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 9
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 229910000040 hydrogen fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- DBTMQODRSDEGRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9h-fluoren-9-ylmethyl n-(2-oxoethyl)carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)NCC=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 DBTMQODRSDEGRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gly-Asp Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101000803709 Homo sapiens Vitronectin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 6
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000036515 potency Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229960000268 spectinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- UNFWWIHTNXNPBV-WXKVUWSESA-N spectinomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O1)O)NC)[C@]2(O)[C@H]1O[C@H](C)CC2=O UNFWWIHTNXNPBV-WXKVUWSESA-N 0.000 description 6
- PILPQAMQDMXSBY-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-6-amino-2-[bis[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonyl]amino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCCN PILPQAMQDMXSBY-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 5
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 5
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 5
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- JCHBIPUISUPWRU-ONGXEEELSA-N (3S)-4-[[(2S)-1-amino-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-[(2-benzamidoacetyl)amino]-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound C[C@@H](C(=O)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(=O)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 JCHBIPUISUPWRU-ONGXEEELSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZCABKABTTKZKQN-MLWJPKLSSA-N (4s)-2-methyl-4-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]-3-oxopentanethioic s-acid Chemical compound SC(=O)C(C)C(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C ZCABKABTTKZKQN-MLWJPKLSSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 4
- 208000006386 Bone Resorption Diseases 0.000 description 4
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 4
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100022337 Integrin alpha-V Human genes 0.000 description 4
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000711975 Vesicular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000002870 angiogenesis inducing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001745 anti-biotin effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000024279 bone resorption Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000001516 cell proliferation assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010232 migration assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen(.) Chemical compound [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000006152 selective media Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000015590 smooth muscle cell migration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000005747 tumor angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 4
- HGFOOLONGOBCMP-IBGZPJMESA-N (3s)-3-(6-methoxypyridin-3-yl)-3-[2-oxo-3-[3-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1,8-naphthyridin-2-yl)propyl]imidazolidin-1-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=NC(OC)=CC=C1[C@H](CC(O)=O)N1C(=O)N(CCCC=2N=C3NCCCC3=CC=2)CC1 HGFOOLONGOBCMP-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 3
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010012236 Chemokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000019034 Chemokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100024785 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010068250 Herpes Simplex Virus Protein Vmw65 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010029113 Neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000010191 Osteitis Deformans Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000027868 Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000012317 TBTU Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 3
- CLZISMQKJZCZDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [benzotriazol-1-yloxy(dimethylamino)methylidene]-dimethylazanium Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(OC(N(C)C)=[N+](C)C)N=NC2=C1 CLZISMQKJZCZDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 102000019997 adhesion receptor Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010013985 adhesion receptor Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 3
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- PFYXSUNOLOJMDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) carbonate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O PFYXSUNOLOJMDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000021164 cell adhesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000973 chemotherapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000010595 endothelial cell migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 208000008750 humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000027202 mammary Paget disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000028169 periodontal disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000004252 protein component Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- YFDSDPIBEUFTMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N tribromoethanol Chemical compound OCC(Br)(Br)Br YFDSDPIBEUFTMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229950004616 tribromoethanol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 5-[(3as,4s,6ar)-2-oxo-1,3,3a,4,6,6a-hexahydrothieno[3,4-d]imidazol-4-yl]pentanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@H]2NC(=O)N[C@H]2CS1)CCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O YMXHPSHLTSZXKH-RVBZMBCESA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- 101000972324 Cynodon dactylon Leaf protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000007399 DNA isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epihygromycin Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(=O)C)OC1OC(C(=C1)O)=CC=C1C=C(C)C(=O)NC1C(O)C(O)C2OCOC2C1O YQYJSBFKSSDGFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010012088 Fibrinogen Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formamide Chemical compound NC=O ZHNUHDYFZUAESO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001123946 Gaga Species 0.000 description 2
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940127449 Integrin Receptor Antagonists Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940123038 Integrin antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 102000002227 Interferon Type I Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010014726 Interferon Type I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000006552 Lewis Lung Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000012750 Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010090054 Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000017442 Retinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010038923 Retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108020005719 Species specific proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007397 Species specific proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000583281 Sugiura Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N Thymidine Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1 IQFYYKKMVGJFEH-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010048673 Vitronectin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000012538 ammonium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000637 arginyl group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N biotin Natural products N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)aluminum Chemical compound CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron;oxolane Chemical compound [B].C1CCOC1 UWTDFICHZKXYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000004709 cell invasion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940044683 chemotherapy drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- 239000007979 citrate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001268 conjugating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004023 fresh frozen plasma Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940106780 human fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodomethane Chemical compound IC INQOMBQAUSQDDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000011580 nude mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001323 posttranslational effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium thiocyanate Chemical compound [K+].[S-]C#N ZNNZYHKDIALBAK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000001514 prostate carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001742 protein purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011535 reaction buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000329 smooth muscle myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 2
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMRUUWFGLGNQLI-QFIPXVFZSA-N (2s)-2-(9h-fluoren-9-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)-6-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]hexanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(O)=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 UMRUUWFGLGNQLI-QFIPXVFZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHPQFNXOFFPHJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methylphenyl)-phenylmethanamine Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 UHPQFNXOFFPHJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzodioxole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYRGLVWXHJRKMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 TYRGLVWXHJRKMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWGFSQJQIHRAAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol tetrahydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.Cl.Cl.OCC(N)(CO)CO CWGFSQJQIHRAAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNHPMKYMPWMAIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2h-azepine Chemical compound C1CCC=NCC1 WNHPMKYMPWMAIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNMXEIFEXKWUGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[[2-[4-(hydrazinylmethylideneamino)pentanoylamino]acetyl]amino]-3-pyridin-3-ylpropanoic acid Chemical compound NNC=NC(C)CCC(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC(O)=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 ZNMXEIFEXKWUGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004080 3-carboxypropanoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(O[H])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000585703 Adelphia <angiosperm> Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000040717 Alpha family Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091071248 Alpha family Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium bicarbonate Chemical compound [NH4+].OC([O-])=O ATRRKUHOCOJYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000013 Ammonium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000024188 Andala Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032791 BCR-ABL1 positive chronic myelogenous leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000014469 Bacillus subtilis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KYNSBQPICQTCGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzopyrane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CCOC2=C1 KYNSBQPICQTCGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010039209 Blood Coagulation Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015081 Blood Coagulation Factors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000011691 Burkitt lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000029330 CSK Tyrosine-Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010069682 CSK Tyrosine-Protein Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000002177 Cataract Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010833 Chronic myeloid leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010099 Combined immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010055665 Corneal neovascularisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004568 DNA-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010016626 Dipeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700021041 Disintegrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001646716 Escherichia coli K-12 Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702189 Escherichia virus Mu Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010015548 Euthanasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100037362 Fibronectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001200922 Gagata Species 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRRNUXAQVGOGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hygromycin-B Natural products OC1C(NC)CC(N)C(O)C1OC1C2OC3(C(C(O)C(O)C(C(N)CO)O3)O)OC2C(O)C(CO)O1 GRRNUXAQVGOGFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000003746 Insulin Receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010001127 Insulin Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037852 Insulin-like growth factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036532 Interferon alpha-8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010086140 Interferon alpha-beta Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003812 Interleukin-15 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000172 Interleukin-15 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010787 Interleukin-4 Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038486 Interleukin-4 Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010027480 Metastatic malignant melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101710181812 Methionine aminopeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000008300 Mutant Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021466 Mutant Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000033761 Myelogenous Chronic BCR-ABL Positive Leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001490 Opioid Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010093625 Opioid Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003840 Opioid Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000137 Opioid Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091008606 PDGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007079 Peptide Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010033276 Peptide Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100091878 Plasmodium falciparum (isolate 3D7) rpoC2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011653 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCLANYCVBBTKTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proparacaine Chemical compound CCCOC1=CC=C(C(=O)OCCN(CC)CC)C=C1N KCLANYCVBBTKTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000052575 Proto-Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020978 Proto-Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000781681 Protobothrops flavoviridis Disintegrin triflavin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100084022 Pseudomonas aeruginosa (strain ATCC 15692 / DSM 22644 / CIP 104116 / JCM 14847 / LMG 12228 / 1C / PRS 101 / PAO1) lapA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010037211 Psychomotor hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010038934 Retinopathy proliferative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011579 SCID mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical class OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetraethylene glycol, Natural products OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triiodomethane Natural products IC(I)I OKJPEAGHQZHRQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005273 aeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005137 alkenylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005108 alkenylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004471 alkyl aminosulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004656 alkyl sulfonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005360 alkyl sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004691 alkyl thio carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005139 alkynylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005109 alkynylthio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006229 amino acid addition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000005417 aminobenzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001099 ammonium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000118 anti-neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940121357 antivirals Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001483 arginine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108010072041 arginyl-glycyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005362 aryl sulfone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005361 aryl sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001602 bicycloalkyls Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012742 biochemical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003124 biologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001815 biotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000023555 blood coagulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003114 blood coagulation factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010009896 bone resorption factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000480 butynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 159000000007 calcium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005907 cancer growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940041514 candida albicans extract Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000160 carbon, hydrogen and nitrogen elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012754 cardiac puncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012219 cassette mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010015046 cell aggregation factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012412 chemical coupling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002975 chemoattractant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011342 chemoimmunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002759 chromosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000000159 corneal neovascularization Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000035250 cutaneous malignant susceptibility to 1 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010045325 cyclic arginine-glycine-aspartic acid peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000298 cyclopropenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003067 cystine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005070 decynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 101150106284 deoR gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001066 destructive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COCC1=CC=CC=C1 MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006003 dichloroethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005059 dormancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006274 endogenous ligand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001976 enzyme digestion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010265 fast atom bombardment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004996 female reproductive system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003328 fibroblastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007850 fluorescent dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005816 fluoropropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004198 guanidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000009277 hairy cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004993 haloalkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004692 haloalkylcarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001794 hormone therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron Chemical compound [H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRRNUXAQVGOGFE-NZSRVPFOSA-N hygromycin B Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC)C[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H]2O[C@@]3([C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C(N)CO)O3)O)O[C@H]2[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 GRRNUXAQVGOGFE-NZSRVPFOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097277 hygromycin b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002519 immonomodulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009169 immunotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002637 immunotoxin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002596 immunotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051026 immunotoxin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000608 immunotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950000038 interferon alfa Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010047126 interferon-alpha 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940065638 intron a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009545 invasion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023589 ischemic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011005 laboratory method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004924 lung microvascular endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940049920 malate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021039 metastatic melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004925 microvascular endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003226 mitogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HVOYZOQVDYHUPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n',n'-trimethylethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CNCCN(C)C HVOYZOQVDYHUPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- RUTNWJPBQZSLNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methoxy-1,1-diphenylmethanamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(NOC)C1=CC=CC=C1 RUTNWJPBQZSLNK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHDMMLFAFLZUEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-1,1-diphenylmethanamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 SHDMMLFAFLZUEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OHDXDNUPVVYWOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-1-(2-naphthalen-1-ylsulfanylphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound CNCC1=CC=CC=C1SC1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 OHDXDNUPVVYWOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- MHWLWQUZZRMNGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nalidixic acid Chemical compound C1=C(C)N=C2N(CC)C=C(C(O)=O)C(=O)C2=C1 MHWLWQUZZRMNGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000210 nalidixic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005187 nonenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005071 nonynyl group Chemical group C(#CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005069 octynyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150093139 ompT gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003399 opiate peptide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001599 osteoclastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000010 osteolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LVSJDHGRKAEGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound C1CCOC1.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F LVSJDHGRKAEGLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004091 panning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005981 pentynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000012510 peptide mapping method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000816 peptidomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150009573 phoA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphinic acid Chemical class O[PH2]=O ACVYVLVWPXVTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003007 phosphonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphotyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(OP(O)(O)=O)C=C1 DCWXELXMIBXGTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002826 placenta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010118 platelet activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002338 polyhydroxyethylmethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116357 potassium thiocyanate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000144977 poultry Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002953 preparative HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001023 pro-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004393 prognosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003981 proparacaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012514 protein characterization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012460 protein solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005344 pyridylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(=N1)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001525 receptor binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150029016 rpo3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150102864 rpoD gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101150117326 sigA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009295 sperm incapacitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010110 spontaneous platelet aggregation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004960 subcellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940086735 succinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical compound [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003892 tartrate salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002769 thiazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005034 trifluormethylthio group Chemical group FC(S*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012137 tryptone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010077753 type II interferon receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003667 tyrosine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007998 vessel formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012138 yeast extract Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
- A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/6425—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent the peptide or protein in the drug conjugate being a receptor, e.g. CD4, a cell surface antigen, i.e. not a peptide ligand targeting the antigen, or a cell surface determinant, i.e. a part of the surface of a cell
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
- A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
- A61K47/642—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent the peptide or protein in the drug conjugate being a cytokine, e.g. IL2, chemokine, growth factors or interferons being the inactive part of the conjugate
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
Definitions
- the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compounds which are multivalent a v D3 receptor/metastasis-associated receptor ligands.
- the use of these multivalent ligands alone or in conjunction with other agents in pharmaceutical compositions, and in methods for treating conditions mediated by a v D3 for the treatment of cancer and other angiogenic diseases, such diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, hemangiomas, and psoriasis, are also disclosed.
- Angiogenesis the growth of new blood vessels, plays an important role in cancer growth and metastasis.
- the extent of vasculature in a tumor has been shown to correlate with the patient prognosis for a variety of cancers (Folkman, J., Seminars in Medicine of the Beth Israel Hospital, Boston 333(26): 1757-1763, 1995; Gasparini, G., European Journal of Cancer 32A(14): 2485-2493, 1996; Pluda, J. ML, Seminars in Oncology 24(2): 203-218, 1997).
- angiogenesis is limited to well controlled situations, such as wound healing and the female reproductive system (Battegay, E.J., J Mol Med 73:-333-346, 1995; Dvorak, H.F, New Engl J Med, 315: 1650-1659, 1986).
- angiogenesis The control of angiogenesis is thought to be a balance between factors that promote new vessel formation and anti-angiogenic factors that suppress the formation of a neovasculature (Bouck, N. et al., Advances in Cancer Research 69: 135-173, 1996; O'Reilly et al., Cell 79(2): 315-328, 1994).
- Disruptions in these forces, through alterations in cell adhesion factors, are implicated in a variety of disorders, including cancer, stroke, osteoporosis, restenosis, and rheumatoid arthritis (A. F. Horwitz, Scientific American, 276(5): 68-75, 1997).
- Integrins are a large family of cell surface glycoproteins which mediate cell adhesion and play central roles in many adhesion phenomena. Integrins are heterodimers composed of noncovalently linked ⁇ and ⁇ polypeptide subunits. Currently eleven different subunits have been identified and six different ⁇ subunits have been identified. The various ⁇ subunits can combine with various ⁇ subunits to form distinct integrins.
- v b3 integrin receptor
- vitronectin receptor integrin receptor
- a v b 3 integrins can promote the formation of blood vessels (angiogenesis) in tumors. These vessels nourish the tumors and provide access routes into the bloodstream for metastatic cells.
- the a v b3 integrin is also known to play a role in various other disease states or conditions including tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), osteoporosis, Paget's disease, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis, and smooth muscle cell migration (e.g., restenosis).
- Tumor cell invasion occurs by a three step process: 1) tumor cell attachment to extracellular matrix; 2) proteolytic dissolution of the matrix; and 3) movement of the cells through the dissolved barrier. This process can occur repeatedly and can result in metastases at sites distant from the original tumor.
- a v b3 integrin and a variety of other alpha v-containing integrins bind to a number of Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD)-containing matrix macromolecules.
- RGD Arg-Gly-Asp
- Compounds containing the RGD sequence mimic extracellular matrix ligands and bind to cell surface receptors. Fibronectin and vitronectin are among the major binding partners of a v b3 integrin.
- Other proteins and peptides have also bind the a v b3 ligand. These include the disintegrins (M. Pfaff et al., Cell Adhes. Commun. 2(6): 491-501, 1994), peptides derived from phage display libraries (Healy, J.M.
- the monoclonal antibody LM609 is also an a v b 3 integrin antagonist (D.A. Cheresh et al., J. Biol. Chem., 262(36): 17703-17711, 1987).
- Avb ⁇ inhibitors are being developed as potential anti-cancer agents. Compounds that impair endothelial cell adhesion via the a v b3 integrin induce improperly proliferating endothelial cells to die. Avb ⁇ inhibitors can also help patients suffering from proliferative retinopathy, a complication of diabetes in which the retina sprouts weak and leaky blood vessels that can destroy the retina and causes blindness, or from restenosis, a process in which blood vessels in many patients can become occluded again over a period of time after the balloon angioplastic surgery.
- Osteoporosis is a disorder involving loss of bone and increased risk of bone fracture, that occurs with age, particularly in women. This disease can result from the overactivity of osetoclast cells that bind to bone and degrade bone. The osteoclast binding occurs via the a v b3 integrin. Specific inhibitors that shield a v b3 integrins can prevent the destructive cells from adhering to bone. Additionally, it has been found that such agents can be useful as antivirals, antifungals and antimicrobials. Thus, compounds which selectively inhibit or antagonize a v b3 can be beneficial for treating such conditions.
- the avb ⁇ integrin has been shown to play a role in melanoma cell invasion (Seftor et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89: 1557-1561, 1992).
- the a v b 3 integrin expressed on human melanoma cells has also been shown to promote a survival signal, protecting the cells from apoptosis (Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91: 8856-8860, 1994).
- the adhesion receptor identified as integrin a v b3 is a marker of angiogenic blood vessels in chick and man. This receptor plays a critical role in angiogenesis or neovascularization.
- Angiogenesis is characterized by the invasion, migration and proliferation of smooth muscle and endothelial cells by new blood vessels. Antagonists of a v b3 inhibit this process by selectively promoting apoptosis of cells in the neovasculature. The growth of new blood vessels, also contributes to pathological conditions such as diabetic retinopathy (Adonis et al., Amer. J.
- a v b3 antagonists can be useful therapeutic targets for treating such conditions associated with neovascularization (Brooks et al., Science, 264: 569-571, 1994).
- the avb ⁇ cell surface receptor is also the major integrin on osteoclasts responsible for the attachment to the matrix of bone. Osteoclasts cause bone resorption and when such bone resorbing activity exceeds bone forming activity, osteoporosis (a loss of bone) results, which leads to an increased number of bone fractures, incapacitation and increased mortality. Antagonists of a v b3 have been shown to be potent inhibitors of osteoclastic activity both in vitro (Sato et al., J. Cell. Biol , 111: 1713-1723, 1990) and in vivo (Fisher et al., Endocrinology, 132: 1411-1413, 1993).
- Antagonism of a v b3 leads to decreased bone resorption and therefore assists in restoring a normal balance of bone forming and resorbing activity.
- antagonists of osteoclast a v b3 which are effective inhibitors of bone resorption and therefore are useful in the treatment or prevention of osteoporosis.
- avb ⁇ integrin in smooth muscle cell migration also makes an a v b3 a therapeutic target for prevention or inhibition of neointimal hyperplasia which is a leading cause of restenosis after vascular procedures (Choi et al., J.
- PCT Int. Appl. WO 97/08145 by Sikorski et al. discloses meta-guanidine, urea, thiourea or azacyclic amino benzoic acid derivatives as highly specific a v b3 integrin antagonists.
- PCT Int. Appl. WO 96/00574 Al 960111 by Cousins, R.D. et al., describe preparation of 3-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-l,4-benzodiazepine and -2-benzazepine derivatives and analogs as vitronectin receptor antagonists.
- Selected compounds were shown to bind to human integin a v b3 with EIB ⁇ 1000 nM and claimed as compds. useful for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets and for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets.
- PCT Int. Appl. WO 96/16983 Al 960606. by Vuori, K. and Ruoslahti, E. describe cooperative combinations of a b3 integrin ligand and second ligand contained within a matrix, and use in wound healing and tissue regeneration.
- the compounds contain a ligand for the a v b3 integrin and a ligand for the insulin receptor, the PDGF receptor, the IL-4 receptor, or the IGF receptor, combined in a biodegradable polymeric (e.g. hyaluronic acid) matrix.
- PCT Int. Appl. WO 97/10507 Al 970320 by Ruoslahti, E; and Pasqualini, R. describe peptides that home to a selected organ or tissue in vivo, and methods of identifying them.
- a brain-homing peptide nine amino acid residues long, for example, directs red blood cells to the brain.
- Thomas S. describes bifunctional ligands for specific tumor inhibition by blood coagulation in tumor vasculature.
- the disclosed bispecific binding ligands bind through a first binding region to a disease-related target cell, e.g. a tumor cell or tumor vasculature; the second region has coagulation-promoting activity or is a binding region for a coagulation factor.
- the disclosed bispecific binding ligand may be a bispecific (monoclonal) antibody, or the two ligands may be connected by a (selectively cleavable) covalent bond, a chemical linking agent, an avidin-biotin linkage, and the like.
- the target of the first binding region can be a cytokine- inducible component, and the cytokine can be released in response to a leukocyte- activating antibody; this may be a bispecific antibody which crosslinks activated leukocytes with tumor cells.
- Interferon alpha is a family of highly homologous, species- specific proteins that possess complex antiviral, antineoplastic and immunomodulating activities (Extensively reviewed in the monograph "Antineoplastic agents, interferon alfa," American Society of Hospital Pharmacists, Inc., 1996, LEXIS file GENMED [General Medicine], DIF [Drug Information file]). Interferon alpha also has anti-proliferative, and anti-angiogenic properties, and has specific effects on cellular differentiation (Sreevalsan, in "Biologic Therapy of Cancer", pp. 347-364, (eds. V.T. DeVita Jr., S. Hellman, and S.A. Rosenberg), J.B. Lippincott Co, Philadelphia, PA, 1995).
- Interferon alpha is effective against a variety of cancers including hairy cell leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, malignant melanoma, and Kaposi's sarcoma.
- the precise mechanism by which IFN alpha exerts its anti-tumor activity is not entirely clear, and may differ based on the tumor type or stage of disease.
- the anti-proliferative properties of IFN alpha which may result from the modulation of the expression of oncogenes and/or proto-oncogenes, have been demonstrated on both tumor cell lines and human tumors growing in nude mice (Gutterman, J. U., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 91: 1198-1205, 1994).
- Interferon is also considered an anti-angiogenic factor, as demonstrated through the successful treatment of hemangiomas in infants (Ezekowitz et al, N. Engl. J. Med., May 28, 326(22) 1456-1463, 1992) and the effectiveness of IF ⁇ alpha against Kaposi's sarcoma (Krown, Semin Oncol 14(2 Suppl 3): 27-33, 1987).
- the mechanism underlying these anti-angiogenic effects is not clear, and may be the result of IF ⁇ alpha action on the tumor (decreasing the secretion of pro-angiogenic factors) or on the neovasculature.
- IF ⁇ receptors have been identified on a variety of cell types ( ⁇ avarro et al., Modern Pathology 9(2): 150-156, 1996). A general review on the structure and function of type I and type II interferon receptors has been recently published (Pestka, S., Semin. Oncol. 24(3, Suppl. 9), 18-40, 1997).
- United States Patent 4,530,901 to Weissmann describes the cloning and expression of IF ⁇ alpha-type molecules in transformed host strains.
- United States Patent 4,503,035, Pestka describes an improved processes for purifying 10 species of human leukocyte interferon using preparative high performance liquid chromatography.
- United States Patent 5,231,176 to Goeddel describes the cloning of a novel distinct family of human leukocyte interferons containing in their mature form greater than 166 and no more than 172 amino acids.
- Physiologically-active immunological interferon-polyethylene glycol conjugates have been described that appear to have improved circulating half-life, water solubility and immunological properties (see, for example, U.S. 4,179,337).
- Long-acting alpha-interferon compositions containing 1-4 polyalkene oxide moieties conjugated to interferon U.S. 5,711,944
- methods for preparing mono- and bis-interferon polymer (polyethylene glycol) conjugates U.S. 5,738,846)
- interferon alpha polyethylene glycol conjugates containing a polymer moiety from 300 to 30,000 daltons, for example have been described (U.S. 5,595,732).
- proteins purified from recombinant organisms are comprised of the 20 naturally-occurring L-amino acids, occasionally modified at certain positions by post-translational processing.
- Fragment condensation where two protected peptides are prepared, purified, and then coupled to form a longer peptide, is an alternative method (H. Kuroda et al.,
- an unprotected peptide with C-terminal carboxylthioester can be linked to the N-terminus of the N-terminal cysteine containing unprotected peptide selectively (M. Schnolzer, and S. B. H. Kent, Science 256: 221, 1992; C. F Liu, and J. P. Tarn, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 116: 4149, 1994).
- Several biologically active peptides and proteins have been prepared (L. E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 117: 2998, 1995). This method is not limited to peptide ligation and has been used for preparation of cyclic proteins or peptides (L. Zhang and J. P. Tarn, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 2363, 1997).
- Another semisynthetic method of assembling proteins involves the chemoselective addition of a peptide to a recombinant protein (Muir et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95: 6705-6710, 1998).
- a thioester generated in the C-terminus of recombinant tyrosine kinase C-terminal Src kinase (Csk) was ligated to a synthetic phosphotyrosine peptide containing an N-terminal cysteine.
- This method permits the introduction of unnatural amino acids, biophysical probes, and post-translational modifications into proteins of any size, overcoming the -15 kDa upper limit currently reached by the chemoselective method.
- v b3 antagonists conjugated to a metastasis-associated receptor ligand can have improved biological properties by acting through several mechanisms.
- the two moieties can have distinct mechanisms, permitting synergy or increased efficacy, or both, as a result of blocking the angiogenic process at two separate points.
- the two moieties may act on the same type of cell, resulting in an increased binding, or other action, by virtue of increased avidity.
- Each moiety in this case participates in the targeting the other moiety to the appropriate site of action. Dimers or higher order multimers of these moieties with themselves or other chemical groups, including proteins, can have increased efficacy or potency, or both, by virtue of either of these mechanisms.
- Avb3 bioconjugates can have improved activities due to the ability to bind to two distinct receptors on the same cell type and thus demonstrate improved activity due to interactions with receptors on a single cell. These a v b3 bioconjugates can have improved therapeutic properties through a variety of mechanisms such as: (1) alterations in the overall on- or off-rates or Ka or Kd of the ligand(s) on the target cell, (2) activation or blockade of complementary receptor signaling pathways, and/or (3) more specific targeting of one or both of the components to the cell of interest.
- a v b3 bioconjugates are expected to possess a unique pharmacokinetic distribution and clearance profile (Dehmer et al., Circulation, 91, 2188-2194, 1995; Tanaka et al., Nature Medicine, 3, 437-442, 1997).
- a v b3 bioconjugates can also have improved properties in vivo, compared to the two components individually, as a result of alterations in biodistribution or half-life.
- the improved properties can also result from the binding of the a v b3 bioconjugate to one or more of the receptors, pharmacokinetics, or uptake of the bioconjugate is altered in a favorable manner. These moieties are likely to act through complementary mechanisms. Therefore, bioconjugates containing anti- proliferative and anti-angiogenic activities can provide improved anti-tumor activity by using two distinct mechanisms to decrease tumor growth.
- the anti- proliferative moiety can act directly on the tumor to decrease its growth whereas the anti-angiogenic factor acts indirectly by preventing the growth of the neovasculature required for rapid tumor growth.
- Avb ⁇ bioconjugates illustrate one example of a compound by this mechanism.
- a chemoselective ligation method can be used to conjugate the a v b3 antagonists to the protein to improve the antitumor properties of interferon alpha.
- Small RGD-containing peptides or peptidomimetic a v b3 antagonists can also be conjugated to interferon by different linking methods (G.T.
- the present invention relates to bioconjugates comprising one or more a v b3 antagonist moieties coupled to an amide or to a metastasis-associated receptor ligand by a covalent bond or by a linear or branched linker.
- the a v b3 bioconjugates are prepared by conjugating an a v b3 integrin antagonist with a peptide or a polypeptide, processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and methods for their use.
- a compound contemplated by this invention is represented by the group formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII consisting of:
- a 1 separately or in combination with L 1 is an a v b3 antagonist
- T 1 is selected from the group consisting of metastasis-associated receptor ligands and amides,
- L 1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds A 1 to R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , or R 8 , R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , and R 8 are branched linkers,
- R 3 , R 5 , and R 7 are covalent bonds or linkers that covalently bond R 2 to R 4 , R 4 to R 6 , and R 6 to R 8 , respectfully, and
- R 1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R 2 to T 1 .
- the ligand portion of a compound is an agonist.
- the ligand portion of a compound can also be an antagonist.
- T 1 is a polypeptide. More preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of natural cytokines, synthetic cytokines, and anti-angiogenic proteins.
- the anti-angiogenic protein is selected from the group consisting of angiostatin and endostatin.
- the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of interleukin-2, interleukin-7, interleukin-12, interleukin-15, interferons and progenipoietin-G, erythropoietin, erythropoietin receptor agonists, colony stimulating factors, and hematopoietic growth factors.
- the cytokine is human interferon.
- the interferon is interferon alpha. Most preferably, wherein the interferon alpha is interferon alpha 2b. Most preferably, the interferon alpha is interferon alpha A/D hybrid.
- polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1
- SEQ ID NO: 15 SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 24, SEQ ID NO: 25, SEQ ID NO: 26, SEQ ID NO: 27, and SEQ ID NO: 28.
- L 1 is a peptide linker. More preferably the peptide linker is a peptide ranging in length from 2 through 10 amino acids.
- the peptide linker is Gly-Asp
- the peptide linker is Gly-Asp-L 2 , wherein; L 2 is selected from the group consisting of Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Gin, Glu, Gly, His, He, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Try, Val. Even more preferably, L 2 is selected from the group consisting of Ala, Ser, Val.
- the peptide linker is one or more peptide sequences selected from the group consisting of; -Gly-Asp-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 29); -Gly-Asp-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 30); -Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 31); -Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 32); -Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 33); -Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 34); -Gly-Asp- Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly- Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 35); and -Gly-Asp- Ala-Gly-
- L 1 is a peptide linker, said peptide linker is one or more peptide sequences selected from the group consisting of GDA (SEQ ID NO: 29); GDS (SEQ ID NO: 30); GDSLA (SEQ ID NO: 37) GDSGA (SEQ ID NO: 38) GDSGGGGA (SEQ ID NO: 39); GDSGGGGGA(SEQ ID NO: 40); GDSGGGGAS (SEQ ID NO: 41);GDS(GGGGS) 2 ; (SEQ ID NO: 42); and GDS(GGGG) 4 ; (SEQ ID NO: 43).
- GDA SEQ ID NO: 29
- GDS SEQ ID NO: 30
- GDSLA SEQ ID NO: 37
- GDSGA SEQ ID NO: 38
- GDSGGGGA SEQ ID NO: 39
- GDSGGGGAS SEQ ID NO: 41
- GDS(GGGGS) 2 ;
- SEQ ID NO: 42 and G
- R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , and R 8 are branched linkers. More preferably the branched linker is lysine.
- R 1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R 2 to T 1 and R 1 is selected from the group consisting of peptides and amino-alkyl carboxylic acids.
- R 1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R 2 to T 1 and R 1 is selected from the group consisting of
- AGAGA-C 0-S-CH 2 CH 2 CONH 2
- AGAGA SEQ ID NO 40
- GAGAG ( SEQ ID NO 43) .
- GAGAG ( SEQ ID NO 4 ) .
- a 1 is selected from the group consisting of ,
- T 1 is selected from the group consisting of amides and metastasis-associated receptor ligands, or peptide fragments thereof.
- a 1 is a compound of the formula XI,
- X is C or N
- R 4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, dialkylamino, cyano, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, carboxyl moieties, trihaloacetamide, acetamide, aryl, fused aryl, cycloalkyl, thio, monocyclic heterocycle, and fused monocyclic heterocycle;
- R is R", R 12 , or R 13 , wherein
- Y is O or S
- R 8 is a substituent independently selected from the group of the following substituents:
- halogen haloalkyl, lower alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, mercapto, hydroxy, cyano,
- R 13 is
- R 7 is hydrogen or hydroxyl
- R 5 and R 6 are each substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen, phenyl, amino, carboxyl or carboxyl ester, and fused phenyl;
- n is an integer 1, 2, 3,or 4.
- X is C
- R 4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group 15 consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
- R 13 is
- R 4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
- R 7 is hydrido or hydroxyl
- R 5 and R 6 are one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and hydroxy;
- A is nitrogen
- n is an integer 1 or 2.
- a 1 is a compound of the formula XIII,
- R is selected from R», R ⁇ R"; wherein
- the a v b3 bioconjugate is selected from the group consisting of Compound 100, Compound 101, Compound 102, Compound 103, Compound 201, Compound 202, Compound 203, Compound 204, Compound 205, Compound 206, Compound 207, Compound 208, Compound 209, Compound 210, Compound 211, Compound 212.
- a 1 is a compound of the formula XIV,
- J 1 is selected from the group consisting of Gly-Asp-Ala- NH 2 , and Gly-Asp-Ser-NH 2 .
- R 4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
- R 7 is hydrogen or hydroxyl
- R 5 and R 6 are one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy;
- A is nitrogen
- n is an integer 1 or 2.
- the a v b3 bioconjugate is selected from the group consisting of Compound 301, Compound 302, Compound 303, Compound 304, Compound 305, Compound 306.
- the present invention relates to recombinant expression vectors comprising nucleotide sequences encoding the metastasis-associated receptor proteins, related microbial and eukaryotic expression systems, and processes for making the a v b3 precursors and the metastasis proteins.
- the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing the a v b3 bioconjugates, and methods for using the a v b3 bioconjugates, including use of the compounds for the manufacture of a medicament for therapeutic application to inhibit tumor growth.
- Benefits of the invention are the provision of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the formulas I-VII. Such compounds and compositions are useful in inhibiting or antagonizing the ⁇ v ⁇ integrin and in targeting angiogenesis.
- Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the ⁇ v ⁇ 3 integrin and tumor angiogenesis.
- the invention further contemplates treating a disease or inhibiting pathological conditions associated selected from the group consisting of osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, Paget's disease, tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy including diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis, thrombosis, angina, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell migration and restenosis in a mammal in need of such treatment.
- a disease or inhibiting pathological conditions associated selected from the group consisting of osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, Paget's disease, tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis,
- compositions comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of an avb ⁇ bioconjugate in admixture with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier are contemplated.
- the composition can further comprise one or more of the following: an adjunctive agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, and an immunotherapeutic agent.
- the invention contemplates a process for treating a human patient with an angiogenesis-mediated disease, by administering an effective amount of an avb ⁇ bioconjugate.
- the angiogenesis-mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of cancer, arthritis, and macular degeneration.
- the invention contemplates a process for treating cancer comprising administering to a mammalian host suffering therefrom a therapeutically effective amount of a bioconjugate in unit dosage form. It also contemplates a process of inhibiting elevated levels of tumor antigens comprising administering to a host in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an a v b3 bioconjugate in unit dosage form. It also contemplates a process of modulating tumors in a patient comprising administering an angiogenesis-inhibiting effective amount of a bioconjugate to such a patient.
- the invention contemplates a process of treating inhibiting the proliferation of tumor cells in a patient comprising administering an angiogenesis- inhibiting effective amount of an avb ⁇ bioconjugate to said patient.
- the tumor cells are selected from the group consisting of lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, melanoma, hepatoma, sarcoma, and lymphoma.
- the invention contemplates a process for the treatment of a patient with a solid tumor, that comprises the steps of: (a) administering an effective dose of angiogenesis-inhibiting effective amount of the a v b3 bioconjugate to a patient in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle; and (b) maintaining said patient for a time period sufficient to cause a reduction in tumor size.
- steps (a) and (b) are repeated.
- BH3-THF borane-tetrahydrofuran complex
- CH3CN acetonitrile
- CH3I iodomethane
- CHNCl analysis carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen/chlorine elemental analysis
- CHNS analysis carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen/sulfur elemental analysis
- DCC 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
- DIBAL diisobutylaluminum hydride
- DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
- DSC disuccinyl carbonate
- EDCl l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
- FAB MS fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy
- g gram(s)
- GIHA et ⁇ -guanidinohippuric acid
- GIHA HC1 meta-guanidinohippuric acid hydrochloride
- HBTU 2-(lH-benzotriazole-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
- HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
- IBCF isobutylchloroformate
- i-Pr iso propyl
- i-Prop iso propyl
- K2CO3 potassium carbonate
- KOH potassium hydroxide
- KSCN potassium thiocyanate
- MBHA methoxybenzhydrylamine
- MCPBA m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid or m-chloroperbenzoic acid
- NaCNBH ⁇ sodium cyanoborohydride NaH - sodium hydride
- NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
- RPHPLC reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography
- TBTU 2-Cl-H-benzotriazole-lyl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoro- borate
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- THF tetrahydrofuran
- TMEDA trimethylethylenediamine
- chemical ligation and “conjugation” mean a chemical reaction which covalently links two similar or dissimilar functional groups together intramolecularly or intermolecularly.
- peptide linker means a compound which forms a carboxamide bond between two groups having one or more peptide linkages (CONH-) and serves as a connector for the propose of amelioration of the distance or space orientation between two molecules.
- multi-functional bioconjugate means organic compounds consisting of two or more different types of biomolecules and at least one of the biomolecules has more than one copy of a specific structural or functional moiety.
- peptide means organic compounds consisting of two or more aminoacyl residues covalently linked by carboxamide functional groups.
- polypeptide means organic compounds consisting of more than two aminoacyl residues linked by carboxamide functional groups.
- v ⁇ 3 v ⁇ 3
- a v b3 v b3
- alpha v beta 3 alpha v beta 3
- a v b3 precursor means a compound, separately or in combination with a linker, is an a v b3 antagonist which can be conjugated to other small molecules, peptides, or polypeptides to form an a v b3 bioconjugate.
- a v b3 bioconjugate means a molecule composed of one or more a v b3 antagonists fused directly, or indirectly through a linker to one or more other small molecules, peptides, or polypeptides, that retains a v b3 antagonist activity.
- multi-functional protein means a single polypeptide which inherently possesses two distinct activities. In the context of the current invention, anti-angiogenic and/or anti-tumor activities are contemplated.
- the polypeptide can be formed by the covalent union of two distinct proteins or portions thereof, or two copies of the same protein, or portions thereof.
- anti-tumor means possessing an activity which slows or abolishes the growth of, or which kills, or otherwise harms tumors in vivo.
- ligand means a molecule that binds to a receptor to initiate (agonist) or block (antagonist) a response.
- Ligands may be small natural or synthetic molecules (e.g., neurotransmitters and their analogues) or may be large proteins or protein nucleic acid associates (e.g., viruses).
- receptor means a component of a cell that interacts specifically with (receives) other molecules and, in appropriate combination, initiates a biological response.
- Receptors may be protein, lipid, nucleic acid, or carbohydrate. The possess the fundamental property, when combined with the appropriate ligand, of expressing the information content of the receptor or the ligand.
- endogenous means a cellular component that interacts with a specific receptor.
- endogenous ligand describes cellular molecules that interact with receptors that may have been defined earlier by synthetic or other approaches. A classic example is the discovery of endogenous opioid peptides for the opiate receptor.
- mutant sequence refers to an amino acid or nucleic acid sequence which is identical to a wild-type or native form of a gene or protein.
- mutant amino acid sequence refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which varies from a native sequence due to amino acid additions, deletions, substitutions, or all three, or is encoded by a nucleotide sequence from an intentionally-made variant derived from a native sequence.
- interferon includes one of a group of species specific proteins which will induce antiviral and anti-proliferative responses in cells including type I interferon, type I interferon variants, interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, interferon alpha hybrid A/D, consensus interferon, functional homologues thereof, and those encoded by a DNA sequences related to those in SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO: 20, and SEQ ID NO: 22.
- composition means a product which results from the mixing or combining of more than one element or ingredient.
- pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a chemical agent.
- therapeutically-effective amount means that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medical response of a tissue, system or animal that is being sought by a researcher or clinician.
- alkyl and “lower alkyl”, refer to a straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, respectively.
- alkyl radicals and lower alkyl radicals are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and the like.
- alkenyl or “lower alkenyl” refer to unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing at least one double bond and 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, respectively, which carbon-carbon double bond may have either cis or trans geometry within the alkenyl moiety, relative to groups substituted on the double bond carbons. Examples of such groups are ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, and the like.
- alkynyl or “lower alkynyl”, refer to acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing one or more triple bonds and 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, respectively. Examples of such groups are ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, and the like.
- cycloalkyl as used herein means saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic radicals containing 3 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 4 to about 6 carbon atoms.
- examples of such cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-cyclohexen-l-yl, and the like.
- aryl denotes aromatic ring systems composed of one or more aromatic rings. Preferred aryl groups are those consisting of one, two or three aromatic rings. The term embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, thiophene, furan, biphenyl and the like.
- cyano is represented by a radical of the formula
- hydroxy and "hydroxyl” as used herein are synonymous and are represented by a radical of the formula -OH.
- lower alkylene or “alkylene” as used herein refers to divalent linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon radicals of 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
- alkoxy refers to straight or branched chain oxy containing radicals of the formula -OR 20 , wherein R 20 is an alkyl group as defined above.
- alkoxy groups encompassed include methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, n-butoxy, isopropoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, octyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, and the like.
- arylalkyl or “aralkyl” refer to a radical of the formula -R 22 -R 21 wherein R 21 is aryl as defined above and R 22 is an alkylene as defined above.
- aralkyl groups include benzyl, pyridylmethyl, naphthylpropyl, phenethyl and the like.
- nitro is represented by a radical of the formula -N0 2 .
- halogen refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro, or iodo.
- haloalkyl refers to alkyl groups as defined above substituted with one or more of the same or different halo groups at one or more carbon atom.
- haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl, dichloroethyl, fluoropropyl and the like.
- carboxyl or “carboxy” refers to a radical of the formula -COOH.
- carboxyl ester refers to a radical of the formula -COOR 23 wherein R 23 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.
- amino is represented by a radical of the formula -NH
- alkylsulfonyl As used herein the terms “alkylsulfonyl,” “alkylsulfone,” “alkenylsulfonyl,”
- alkenylfone alkynylsulfonyl
- alkynylsulfone refer to a radical of the formula -S0 2 -R 24 wherein R 24 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, as defined above.
- alkylthio alkenylthio
- alkynylthio refers to a radical of the formula -SR 24 wherein R 24 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl as defined above.
- sulfonic acid refers to a radical of the formula -S0 2 -R 25 wherein R 25 is H, alkyl or aryl as defined above.
- sulfonamide refers to a radical of the formula -S0 2 -NR 7 R 8 wherein R 7 and R 8 are as defined above.
- fused aryl refers to an aromatic ring such as the aryl groups defined above fused to one or more phenyl rings. Embraced by the term “fused aryl” is the radical naphthyl.
- monocyclic heterocycle or “monocyclic heterocyclic” refer to a monocyclic ring containing from 4 to about 12 atoms, and more preferably from 5 to about 10 atoms, wherein 1 to 3 of the atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur with the understanding that if two or more different heteroatoms are present at least one of the heteroatoms must be nitrogen.
- monocyclic heterocycles are imidazole, furan, pyridine, oxazole, pyran, triazole, thiophene, pyrazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, and the like.
- fused monocyclic heterocycle refers to a monocyclic heterocycle as defined above with a benzene fused thereto.
- fused monocyclic heterocycles include benzofuran, benzopyran, benzodioxole, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole and the like.
- methylenedioxy refers to the radical -OCH 2 0- and the term “ethylenedioxy” refers to the radical -OCH 2 CH 2 0-.
- m is 1 or 2 and R 19 is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or aralkyl, and X is H or halide. More preferably the term refers to a 4-9 membered ring and includes rings such as imidazoline.
- 5-membered optionally substituted heteroaromatic ring includes for example a radical of the formula
- 5-membered heteroaromatic ring fused with a phenyl refers to such a “5- membered heteroaromatic ring" with a phenyl fused thereto.
- Representative of such 5-membered heteroaromatic rings fused with a phenyl is benzimidazole.
- bicycloalkyl refers to a bicyclic hydrocarbon radical containing 6 to about 12 carbon atoms which is saturated or partially unsaturated.
- acyl refers to a radical of the formula -COR 26 wherein R 26 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or aralkyl and optionally substituted thereon as defined above. Encompassed by such radical are the groups acetyl, benzoyl and the like.
- thio and mercapto refer to a radical of the formula -SH.
- sulfonyl refers to a radical of the formula -S0 2 R 27 wherein R 27 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or aralkyl as defined above.
- haloalkylthio refers to a radical of the formula -SR 28 wherein R 28 is haloalkyl as defined above.
- aryloxy refers to a radical of the formula -OR 29 wherein R is aryl as defined above.
- acylamino refers to a radical of the formula
- R 30 CONH- wherein R 30 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.
- alkylamino refers to a radical of the formula - NHR 32 wherein R 32 is alkyl as defined above.
- dialkylamino refers to a radical of the formula - NR 33 R 34 wherein R 33 and R 34 are the same or different alkyl groups as defined above.
- trifluoromethyl refers to a radical of the formula
- trifluoroalkoxy refers to a radical of the formula F 3 C-R 35 -0- wherein R 35 is a bond or an alkylene group as defined above.
- alkylaminosulfonyl refers to a radical of the formula R 36 -NH-S0 2 - wherein R 36 is alkyl as defined above.
- alkylsulfonylamino refers to a radical of the formula R 36 -S0 2 -NH- wherein R 36 is alkyl as defined above.
- trifluoromethylthio refers to a radical of the formula F 3 C-S-.
- trifluoromethylsulfonyl refers to a radical of the formula F 3 C-S0 2 -.
- 4-12 membered mono-nitrogen-containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 4-12 atoms and more preferably a ring of 4-9 atoms wherein one atom is nitrogen. Such rings may optionally contain additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Included within this group are morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, thiomorpholine, pyrrolidine, proline, azacycloheptene and the like.
- benzyl refers to the radical -CH 2 -Ph.
- phenethyl refers to the radical -CH 2 CH 2 -Ph.
- the term "4-12 membered mono-nitrogen-containing monosulfur- or monooxygen-containing heterocyclic ring” refers to a ring of 4 to about 12 atoms, and more preferably 4 to about 9 atoms wherein at least one atom is a nitrogen and at least one atom is oxygen or sulfur. Encompassed within this definition are rings such as thiazoline and the like.
- arylsulfonyl or “arylsulfone” refers to a radical of the formula R 37 -S0 2 - wherein R 37 is aryl as defined above.
- alkylsulfoxide or arylsulfoxide refer to radicals of the formula R 38 -SO- wherein R 38 is, respectively, alkyl or aryl as defined above.
- arylthio refers to a radical of the formula -SR 42 wherein R 42 is aryl as defined above.
- monocyclic heterocycle thio refers to a radical of the formula -SR 43 wherein R 43 is a monocyclic heterocycle radical as defined above.
- monocyclic heterocycle sulfone refer, respectively, to radicals of the formula -SO-R 43 and -S0 2 -R 43 wherein R 43 is a monocyclic heterocycle radical as defined above.
- alkylcarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R 50 -CO- wherein R 50 is alkyl as defined above.
- arylcarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R 5! -CO- wherein R 51 is aryl as defined above.
- alkoxycarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R 52 -CO- wherein R 52 is alkoxy as defined above.
- aryloxycarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula
- R 51 -0-CO- wherein R 51 is aryl as defined above.
- haloalkylcarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R 53 -CO- wherein R 53 is haloalkyl as defined above.
- haloalkoxycarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R o -0-CO- wherein R 53 is haloalkyl as defined above.
- alkylthiocarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R 50 -S-CO- wherein R 50 is alkyl as defined above.
- arylthiocarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R 5I -S-CO- wherein R o1 is aryl as defined above.
- acyloxymethoxycarbonyl refers to a radical of the formula R ⁇ -O-CH j -CO- wherein R 54 is acyl as defined above.
- arylamino refers to a radical of the formula R 51 -NH- wherein R 51 is aryl as defined above.
- polyalkylether refers to commonly used glycols such as triethyleneglycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like.
- alkylamido refers to a radical of the formula R 50 -NH-CO- wherein R 50 is alkyl as defined above.
- N,N-dialkylamido refers to a radical of the formula (R 50 ) 2 -N-CO- wherein R 50 is the same or different alkyl group as defined above.
- pivaloyloxymethyl refers to a radical of the formula (Me) 3 C-CO-0-CH2-.
- acyloxy refers to a radical of the formula R 55 -0- wherein R 55 is acyl as defined above.
- the compounds as shown in the present invention can exist in various isomeric forms and all such isomeric forms are meant to be included. Tautomeric forms are also included as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such isomers and tautomers.
- a bond drawn across a bond of a ring can be to any available atom on the ring.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to a salt prepared by contacting a compound of an a v b3 precursor or an a v b3 bioconjugate with an acid whose anion is generally considered suitable for human consumption.
- pharmacologically acceptable salts include the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulfate, phosphate, acetate, propionate, lactate, maleate, malate, succinate, tartrate salts and the like. All of the pharmacologically acceptable salts may be prepared by conventional means. See Berge et al., (J Pharm. Sci., 66(1): 1- 19, 1977) for additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
- a compound of the present invention can be administered orally, parenterally, or by inhalation spray, or topically in unit dosage formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles.
- parenteral includes, for example, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, infusion techniques or intraperitonally. See Wong and Parasrampuria [Biopharm 10(11): 52-61 1997) for a current review of pharmaceutical excipients for the stabilization of proteins. See D.W. Osborne and J.J. Henke (Pharmaceutical Technology 21(11): 58-67, 1997) for an extensive list of chemical compounds used as skin penetration enhancers.
- a compound of the present invention is administered by any suitable route in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended.
- Therapeutically effective doses of a compound required to prevent or arrest the progress of or to treat the medical condition are readily ascertained by one of ordinary skill in the art using preclinical and clinical approaches familiar to the medicinal arts.
- the present invention provides a method of treating conditions mediated by selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the a v b3 cell surface receptor which method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the class of compounds depicted herein as a v b3 precursors or a v b3 bioconjugates, wherein one or more these compounds is administered in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "carrier” materials) and if desired other active ingredients.
- carrier non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and or diluents and/or adjuvants
- the present invention provides a method for inhibition of the a v b3 cell surface receptor. Most preferably the present invention provides a method for one or more of the following: inhibiting bone resorption, treating osteoporosis, inhibiting humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, treating Paget's disease, inhibiting tumor metastasis, inhibiting neoplasia (solid tumor growth), inhibiting angiogenesis including tumor angiogenesis, treating diabetic retinopathy, inhibiting arthritis, psoriasis and periodontal disease, and inhibiting smooth muscle cell migration including restenosis.
- the general synthetic sequences for preparing the compounds useful in the present invention are outlined in Scheme I. Both an explanation of, and the actual procedures for, the various aspects of the present invention are described where appropriate.
- Peptides conjugated to a resin are covalently coupled to an avb ⁇ antagonist- linker and ligated to the reduced form of Cys-interferon alpha.
- the bioconjugate is then released from the resin, refolded, and purified to homogeneity.
- One general scheme for the production of bioconjugates of the present invention is shown below.
- Boc-NH-a.a.C 0-S-CH 2 CH 2 -CONH-Resin
- avb antagonist-linker-a.a.-C 0-S-CH 2 CH2-CONH2 t s-
- v b3 antagonist-linker-a.a.-C 0- NH-CH(SH)-CO-interferon ⁇ (avb ⁇ antagonist-linker Cys interferon ⁇ , reduced form)
- the present invention encompasses bioconjugates which inherently possess two distinct activities.
- Bioconjugates with multi-functional a b3 receptor antagonist/metastasis receptor-associated ligand activities are contemplated.
- anti-angiogenic or anti-tumor activities, or both are contemplated.
- a contemplated bioconjugate can be formed by the covalent union of two distinct moieties, such as a small chemical and a polypeptide. Each of these distinct moieties may act through a different and specific cell receptor to initiate complementary biological activities.
- Bioconjugates can also be formed by the covalent union of a small chemical and a peptide, a peptide and a polypeptide, two distinct polypeptides, two distinct peptides, and two distinct small molecules, provided that one of the two moieties alone or in combination with the other moiety possesses a v b3 antagonist activity, are also contemplated by this invention.
- Peptides in this sense are comprised of two to about 10 amino acid residues.
- Polypeptides are larger, comprised of from about 11 to about 500 amino acid residues.
- Bioconjugates containing more than one copy of a moiety achieved through the covalent attachment of more than one copy of that moiety to itself and then to the other moiety, or by covalent attachment of more than one copy of that moiety to the other moiety at multiple sites, are also contemplated by this invention.
- the present invention relates to bioconjugates comprising one or more a b ⁇ antagonist moieties coupled to an amide or to a metastasis-associated receptor ligand by a covalent bond or by a linear or branched linker.
- An a v b3 bioconjugate can be composed of a small chemical moiety linked to a polypeptide moiety, for example, (A 1 -L 1 -R 1 -T 1 ) preferably has a polypeptide moiety (T 1 ) with a different but complementary activity than the small chemical moiety (A 1 ).
- Complementary activity is meant to be activity which enhances or changes the response to another cell modulator.
- a 1 separately or in combination with L 1 is an a v b3 antagonist
- T 1 is selected from the group consisting of metastasis-associated receptor ligands and amides,
- L 1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds A 1 to R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , or R 8 ,
- R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , and R 8 are branched linkers
- R 3 , R 5 , and R 7 are covalent bonds or linkers that covalently bond R 2 to R 4 , R 4 to R «, and R 6 to R 8 , respectfully, and
- R 1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R 2 to T 1 .
- T 1 is a polypeptide. More preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of natural cytokines, synthetic cytokines, and anti-angiogenic proteins. Most preferably, the polypeptide is interferon alpha.
- this invention encompasses the use of modified T 1 molecules or mutated or modified DNA sequences encoding these molecules.
- the present invention also includes bioconjugates in which T 1 is a variant.
- R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , and R 8 are branched linkers. More preferably the branched linker is lysine.
- R 1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R 2 to T 1 and R 1 is selected from the group consisting of peptides and amino-alkyl carboxylic acids.
- the polypeptide can be joined either directly or through a linker segment to the small chemical moiety.
- the term "directly” defines bioconjugates in which the polypeptide is joined without a linker.
- L 1 represents a chemical bond or a linker, preferably a polypeptide segment to which both A 1 and T 1 are joined in a structure represented by the formula I, A 1 -L 1 -R 1 -T 1 , for example, where R 1 is a chemical bond.
- L 1 is a linear peptide in which A 1 and L 1 are joined by amide bonds, linking A 1 to the amino-terminus of L 1 and carboxy-terminus of L 1 to the amino terminus of T 1 .
- Compounds of the formulas A 1 -T 1 , ⁇ -L -A 1 , and T 1 - A 1 are also contemplated. The foregoing discussion applies equally to R 1 and when R 1 is a linking group.
- the linking groups (L 1 and R 1 ) are generally polypeptides of between 1 and 500 amino acid residues in length. More preferably, the peptide linker is a peptide ranging in length from 2 through 10 amino acids.
- the linkers joining the two molecules are preferably designed to (1) permit the two molecules to fold and act independently of each other, (2) being free of ordered secondary structure which could interfere with the functional domains of the two proteins, (3) can exhibit minimal hydrophobic characteristics that could interact with the functional domains of the linked moieties and (4) provide steric separation of A 1 and T 1 such that A 1 and T 1 can interact simultaneously with their corresponding receptors on a single cell.
- surface amino acids in flexible protein regions include Gly, Asn and Ser.
- linkers with the following formulas:
- -CO-(aa) n - such as -CO-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala-, and
- each linker comprises four or more amino acid or carbon linking units. Additional peptide sequences may also be added to facilitate purification or identification of bioconjugates (e.g., poly-His). A highly antigenic peptide may also be added that would enable rapid assay and facile purification of the bioconjugates by a specific monoclonal antibody.
- Multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can exhibit useful properties such as having similar or greater biological activity when compared to a single factor or by having improved half-life or decreased adverse side effects, or a combination of these properties.
- Multi-functional bioconjugates which have little or no activity are useful as antigens for the production of antibodies for use in immunology or immunotherapy, as genetic probes or as intermediates used to construct other useful bioconjugates.
- Biological activity of the multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can be determined by tumor cell proliferation assays, endothelial cell proliferation assays, endothelial cell migration assays, endothelial cell tube formation assays, mouse corneal micro-pocket angiogenesis assays, and tumor growth assays.
- Syngeneic models of mouse tumor growth such as the Lewis Lung carcinoma assay (Sugiura and Stock, Cancer Res.
- the biological activity of individual moieties can be performed using specific assays.
- the antiviral activity of interferon for example, can be carried out by titering the potency of interferon preparations on Madin Darby bovine kidney cells infected with vesicular stomatitis virus (Rubinstein et al., J. Virol. 37(2): 755-
- the a v b3 activity can be carried out using solid state binding assays.
- the multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention may have an improved therapeutic profile as compared to single-acting anti-angiogenic or anti- tumor compounds or proteins.
- some multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention may have a similar or more potent anti-tumor activity relative to other anti-tumor compounds or proteins without having a similar or corresponding increase in side-effects.
- the multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention are useful in the treatment of angiogenic-mediated diseases such as cancer, diabetic retinopathy, and macular degeneration.
- cancers susceptible to treatment with the polypeptides of the present invention are lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, melanoma, hepatoma, sarcoma, and lymphoma.
- the present invention provides an improvement to the existing methods of treating solid tumors, in that it provides a process utilizing multi-functional bioconjugates that have improved biological activities.
- Therapeutic treatment of tumors with these multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can avoid undesirable side effects caused by treatment with presently available drugs.
- the treatment of solid tumors can include administration of a pharmaceutical composition containing the multi-functional bioconjugates to a patient.
- compositions for treating the conditions referred to above.
- Such compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the compositions can also be admixtures containing adjunctive agents, such as chemotherapeutic or immunotherapeutic agents.
- This composition can be administered either parenterally, intravenously, or subcutaneously. Other routes of administration are also contemplated, including intranasal and transdermal routes, and by inhalation.
- the therapeutic composition for use in this invention is preferably in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally-acceptable aqueous solution.
- the preparation of such a parenterally- acceptable protein solution having due regard to pH, isotonicity, stability and the like, is within the skill of the art.
- the compounds depicted herein as a v b3 precursors or a v b3 bioconjugates can be used in the treatment of patients suffering from the above pathological conditions.
- selection of the most appropriate compound of the invention is within the ability of one with ordinary skill in the art and depend on a variety of factors including assessment of results obtained in standard assay and animal models.
- Treatment of a patient afflicted with one of the pathological conditions comprises administering to such a patient an amount of compound any of the formulas I- VII which is therapeutically effective in controlling the condition or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment.
- the term "inhibition" of the condition refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting, or stopping the condition and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the condition. It is believed that prolonging the survivability of a patient, beyond being a significant advantageous effect in and of itself, also indicates that the condition is beneficially controlled to some extent.
- a compound of the present invention can be used in a variety of biological, prophylactic, or therapeutic areas. It is contemplated that these compounds are useful in prevention or treatment of any disease state or condition wherein the a v b3 integrin plays a role.
- the dosage regimen for the compounds and/or compositions containing the compounds is based on a variety of factors, including the type, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition; the route of administration; and the activity of the particular compound employed. Thus the dosage regimen may vary widely. Dosage levels of the order from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions.
- the active ingredient administered by injection is formulated as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable carrier.
- a suitable daily dose would typically be about 0.01 to 10 mg/kg body weight injected per day in multiple doses depending on the factors listed above.
- the compounds in a therapeutically effective amount are ordinarily combined with one or more excipients appropriate to the indicated route of administration.
- the compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, gelatin, acacia, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and tableted or encapsulated for convenient administration.
- a compound can be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers.
- Other excipients and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
- compositions useful in the present invention may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional pharmaceutical adjuvants such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers, and the like.
- a daily regimen may be about 10 ⁇ g/kg of multi- functional bioconjugates per kilogram of body weight. Dosages would be adjusted relative to the activity of a given multi-functional bioconjugates and it would not be unreasonable to note that dosage regimens may include doses as low as 0.1 microgram and as high as 100 milligrams per kilogram of body weight per day.
- multi- functional bioconjugates there may exist specific circumstances where dosages of multi- functional bioconjugates would be adjusted higher or lower than the range of 0.2 - 100,000 micrograms per kilogram of body weight. These include co-administration with other anti-angiogenic or antitumor proteins or variants; co-administration with adjunctive agents such as chemotherapeutic or immunotherapeutic agents, co-administration with chemotherapeutic drugs and/or radiation; the use of glycosylated multi-functional bioconjugates; and various patient-related issues mentioned earlier in this section. As indicated above, the therapeutic method and compositions may also include co-administration with other human anti-tumor proteins, compounds, or bioconjugates.
- a non-exclusive list of other appropriate anti-angiogenic or anti-tumor agents or treatments includes chemotherapy, radiation therapy, hormonal therapy, or interleukin-2, or combinations thereof.
- the dosage recited above would be adjusted to compensate for such additional components in the therapeutic composition.
- the present invention also includes the DNA sequences which code for the protein portions of multi-functional bioconjugates, DNA sequences which are substantially similar and perform substantially the same function, and DNA sequences which differ from the DNAs encoding the protein portions of multifunctional bioconjugates of the invention only due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. Also included in the present invention are the oligonucleotide intermediates used to construct the mutant DNAs and the polypeptides coded for by these oligonucleotides.
- Pairs of complementary synthetic oligonucleotides encoding the desired gene can be made and annealed to each other.
- the DNA sequence of the oligonucleotide would encode sequence for amino acids of desired gene with the exception of those substituted and/or deleted from the sequence.
- Plasmid DNA can be treated with the chosen restriction endonucleases then ligated to the annealed oligonucleotides.
- the ligated mixtures can be used to transform competent E. coli cells to resistance to an appropriate antibiotic.
- Single colonies can be picked and the plasmid DNA examined by restriction analysis and/or DNA sequencing to identify plasmids with the desired genes.
- Cloning of DNA sequences encoding the polypeptide component of these multi-functional bioconjugates may be accomplished by the use of intermediate vectors.
- one gene can be cloned directly into a vector containing the other gene.
- Linkers and adapters can be used for joining the DNA sequences, as well as replacing lost sequences, where a restriction site was internal to the region of interest.
- genetic material (DNA) encoding one polypeptide, peptide linker, and the other polypeptide is inserted into a suitable expression vector which is used to transform bacteria, yeast, insect cells or mammalian cells.
- the transformed organism or cell line is grown and the protein isolated by standard techniques.
- the resulting product is therefore a new protein which has all or a portion of one protein joined by a linker region to all or a portion of second protein.
- Another aspect of the present invention includes plasmid DNA vectors for use in the expression of the polypeptide component of these multi-functional bioconjugates.
- These vectors contain the novel DNA sequences described above which code for the novel polypeptides of the invention.
- Appropriate vectors which can transform microorganisms or cell lines capable of expressing the polypeptide component of these novel multi-functional bioconjugates include expression vectors comprising nucleotide sequences coding for the polypeptide component of these novel multi-functional bioconjugates joined to transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences which are selected according to the host cells used.
- Vectors incorporating modified sequences as described above are included in the present invention and are useful in the production of the protein component of these multi-functional bioconjugates.
- the vector employed in the method also contains selected regulatory sequences in operative association with the DNA coding sequences of the invention and which are capable of directing the replication and expression thereof in selected host cells.
- a method for producing the polypeptide component of these multifunctional bioconjugates is another aspect of the present invention.
- a method of the present invention comprises culturing suitable cells or cell lines, which have been transformed with a vector containing a DNA sequence coding for expression of the protein portion of a novel multi-functional bioconjugate.
- Suitable cells or cell lines can be bacterial cells.
- the various strains of E. coli are well- known as host cells in the field of biotechnology. Examples of such strains include E. coli strains JM101 (Yanisch-Perron et al., Gene 33: 103-119, 1985) and MON105 (Obukowicz et al., Applied Environmental Microbiology 58: 1511-1523, 1992).
- DH5 alpha and DH10B from Life Technologies, Inc., Rockville, MD
- DH5 alpha and DH10B from Life Technologies, Inc., Rockville, MD
- DH10B from Life Technologies, Inc., Rockville, MD
- Various strains of B. subtilis can also be employed in this method.
- Many strains of yeast cells known to those skilled in the art are also available as host cells for expression of the polypeptides of the present invention.
- the gene encoding the protein component of these multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can also be constructed such that at the 5' end of the gene codons are added to encode Met- 2 -Ala- 1 , Met- 2 -Ser 1 , Met ⁇ -Cys- 1 , or Met- 1 at the N-terminus of the protein.
- the N-termini of proteins made in the cytoplasm of E. coli are affected by post- translational processing by methionine aminopeptidase (Ben Bassat et al., J. Bacteriol.
- polypeptide component of these multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention may include polypeptides having Met 1 , Ala- 1 , Ser 1 , Cys 1 , Met- 2 -Ala- 1 , Met-2-Ser 1 , or Met- 2 -Cys 1 at the N-terminus. These polypeptides may also be expressed in E. coli by fusing a secretion signal peptide to the N-terminus. This signal peptide is cleaved from the polypeptide as part of the secretion process.
- Free forms of a v b3 antagonists were prepared by the solid phase method using FMOC chemistry. When completed, avb ⁇ precursors were released from the solid support with trifluoroacetic acid treatment followed by reversed phase HPLC.
- Avb ⁇ antagonists was prepared as thioesters as described (H. Hojo and S. Aimoto, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 64: 111, 1991; L.E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 118: 5891, 1996).
- Boc-Ala-S-CH 2 CH 2 COOH was prepared and coupled on methylbenzhydryl- amine resin (Peptide International, Louisville, KY) as described (H. Hojo and S. Aimoto, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 64: 111, 1991). After deprotection with 50% triflouroacetic acid in methylene chloride (2 X 1 min, 1 X 30 min) the remaining amino acid residue and the N-terminal arginine analog was attached on the solid support by N,N'-diisoproplycarbodiimide/l-hydroxybenzotriazole) as coupling agent as described by L. Zhang and J. P. Tarn, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 2363, 1997).
- the purified a v b3 antagonist thioester was conjugated with amino acids 1-5 of interferon-alpha using an orthogonal coupling method (J.P. Tam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92: 12485, 1995).
- the a v b3 thioester was reacted with proteins or peptides containing a free N-terminal cysteine residue using a chemoselective method (P. E. Dawson et al., Science 266: 776, 1994).
- the bioconjugate was purified by reverse-phase HPLC or ionic exchange chromatography.
- Example 2 Preparation of branched forms ofa ⁇ b3 antagonist interferon conjugates
- a branched form of an avb ⁇ antagonist interferon-alpha hybrid has been designed for increasing the potency and selectivity. Lysine branching method is adopted as general method described by Tam (J. P. Tam, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 85: 5409, 1988). A typical example is that exemplified by formulas I-IV.
- Avb3 antagonists were prepared as thioesters as described (H. Hojo and S.
- Boc-Ala-(3-thiopropionic acid) ester was coupled into benzylhydryl amine resin.
- Di-Boc-lysine is used as the branched amino acids.
- the amino acid residues of spacers and the RGD portion of the molecules, and di-Boc-lysine are coupled by the solid phase method.
- the arginine analog of the RGA moiety was coupled using TBTU as coupling agent.
- the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys- interferon-alpha using the chemoselective method as described above.
- Avb ⁇ antagonists were prepared as thioesters as described (H. Hojo and S. Aimoto, Bull Chem Soc. Jpn 64: 111, 1991; L. E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 118: 5891, 1996).
- Boc-Ala-S-CH 2 CH 2 COOH was prepared and coupled on 4-methyl benzhydrylamine resin (Peptide International, Louisville, KY) as described (H. Hojo & S. Aimoro, 1991). After deprotection with 50% triflouroacetic acid in methylene chloride (2 X 1 min, 1 X 30 min) the remaining amino acid residues were attached on the solid support by N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as coupling agent and the N-terminal arginine analog was coupled with TBTU as coupling agent.
- a v b3 thioesters were reacted with protein or peptide with free N-terminal cysteine residue by using chemoselective method (P. E. Dawson et al., Science 266: 776, 1994).
- the conjugate was purified by reversed phase HPLC or ionic exchange chromatography.
- N,N'-di-[3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycyl-aspartyl seryl-leucyl- alanyl]- lysyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
- N,N'-di-[3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycyl-aspartyl seryl-glycyl-alanyl]- lysyl alanyl glycyl alanyl tyrosyl glycyl alanyl thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
- N,N'-Di(N,N'-Di-(N,N'-di-[3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycyl-aspartyl seryl-leucyl-alanyl]- lysyl) ⁇ lysyl lysyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods.
- N, N'-Di N, N'-Di(3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl- aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl] lysinyl) lysinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropioanmide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods.
- N, N'-Di N, N'-Di (N, N'-Di(3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5- hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl ] lysinyl) lysinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods.
- Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly- Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA [(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2- pyrimidyDamino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
- Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3- [(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
- Fmoc- Lys (Boc)-GAGAG Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)- GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-alpha using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
- Compound 304 (A2-GDSLA-N ⁇ (A2-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-N ⁇ (A2-GDSLA)Lys- GAGAG-interferon alpha)
- Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-
- Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro — 5-hydroxyl) 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
- Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl- aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
- GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys- interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
- Example 5 Preparation of purified interferon for conjugation to a ⁇ b3 antagonists
- E. coli strains such as DH5 TM (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD) and TGI (Amersham Corp., Arlington Heights, IL) are used for transformation of ligation reactions and are the hosts used to prepare plasmid
- E. coli strains such as JM101 (Yanisch- Perron et al., Gene, 33: 103-119, 1985) and MON105 (Obukowicz et al., Appl. and En ⁇ ir. Micr., 58: 1511-1523, 1992) can be used for expressing the protein component of multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention in the cytoplasm or periplasmic space.
- JM101 (ATCC#33876) delta (pro lac), supE, thi, V Yanisch-Perron et al.,
- DH5 ⁇ subcloning efficiency cells are purchased as competent cells and are ready for transformation using the manufacturer's protocol, while both E. coli strains TGI and MON105 are rendered competent to take up DNA using a CaCl 2 method.
- 20 to 50 mL of cells are grown in LB medium (1% Bacto- tryptone, 0.5% Bacto-yeast extract, 150 mM NaCl) to a density of approximately 1.0 optical density unit at 600 nanometers (OD ⁇ oo) as measured by a Baush & Lomb Spectronic spectrophotometer (Rochester, NY).
- the cells are collected by centrifugation and resuspended in one-fifth culture volume of CaCl 2 solution (50 mM CaCl 2 , 10 mM Tris-Cl, pH7.4) and are held at 4°C for 30 minutes.
- the cells are again collected by centrifugation and resuspended in one-tenth culture volume of CaCl 2 solution.
- Ligated DNA is added to 0.2 mL of these cells, and the samples are held at 4°C for 30-60 minutes.
- the samples are shifted to 42°C for two minutes and 1.0 mL of LB is added prior to shaking the samples at 37°C for one hour.
- Cells from these samples are spread on plates (LB medium plus 1.5% Bacto-agar) containing either ampicillin (100 micrograms/mL, ug/mL) when selecting for ampicillin-resistant transformants, or spectinomycin (75 ug/mL) when selecting for spectinomycin-resistant transformants. The plates are incubated overnight at 37°C.
- Colonies are picked and inoculated into LB plus appropriate antibiotic (100 ug/mL ampicillin or 75 ug/mL spectinomycin) and are grown at 37°C while shaking.
- appropriate antibiotic 100 ug/mL ampicillin or 75 ug/mL spectinomycin
- IFN ⁇ -2b interferon alpha 2b gene was amplified from plasmid DNA from ATCC clone no. 67979 using the primer set, IFStart (SEQ ID NO. 1) and IFStop (SEQ ID NO. 2).
- Oligo IFStart (SEQ ID NO:l) GATCGACCAT GGCTTGTGAT CTGCCTCAAA CC 32
- Oligo IFStop (SEQ ID NO: 2 ) CGATCGAAGC TTATTATTCC TTACTTCTTA AACTTT 3 6
- the primers were designed to include the appropriate restriction enzyme recognition sites which allow cloning of the gene into expression plasmids.
- Conditions for polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification were 35 cycles, using settings of 92°C denaturation for one minute, 40°C annealing for one minute, and 72°C extension for one minute.
- a 100 ul reaction contained 100 pmol of each primer and one ug of template DNA (isolated by Qiagen Miniprep); and IX PCR reaction buffer, 200 uM dNTPs and 0.6 unit Taq DNA polymerase (Boehringer Mannheim).
- the PCR product was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII and gel-purified.
- the vector pMO ⁇ 6875 encoding a Ptac promoter, G10L ribosome binding site and P22 terminator, was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII. The digested PCR product and vector fragment were combined and ligated. A portion of the ligation reaction was used to transform E. coli strain MO ⁇ 208. Transformant bacteria were selected on spectinomycin-containing plates. Plasmid DNA was isolated and sequenced to confirm the correct insert. The resulting plasmid was designated pMON30422. Construction of pMON30426 (encoding IFNa2b with optimized amino terminal codons)
- a new gene with an optimized N-terminus was amplified from plasmid DNA from pMON30422 using the primer set, New IF-A (SEQ ID NO. 3) and IFStop (SEQ ID NO. 2).
- Oligo IFstop (SEQ ID N0: 2 )
- the primers were designed to include the appropriate restriction enzyme recognition sites which allow cloning of the gene into expression plasmids.
- Conditions for polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification were 35 cycles, using settings of 92°C denaturation for one minute, 40°C annealing for one minute, and 72°C extension for one minute.
- a 100 ul reaction contained 100 pmol of each primer and one ug of template DNA; and IX PCR reaction buffer, 200 uM dNTPs and 0.6 unit Taq DNA polymerase (Boehringer Mannheim).
- the PCR product was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII and gel-purified.
- Vector D ⁇ A encoding a Ptac promoter, G10L ribosome binding site and P22 terminator, pMO ⁇ 6875 was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII. The digested PCR product and vector fragment were combined and ligated. A portion of the ligation reaction was used to transform E. coli strain MO ⁇ 208. Transformed bacteria were selected on spectinomycin-containing plates. Plasmid DNA was isolated and sequenced to confirm the correct insert. The resulting plasmid was designated pMON30426. Both pMON30422 and pMON30426 encode the same peptide.
- the DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Ala-Cys-, of pMON30426 was changed to the DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Cys-, of pMON20442 by mutagenesis.
- the QuikChange Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit of Stratagene was used employing oligos IFcys.for (SEQ ID NO: 12) and IFcys.rev (SEQ ID NO: 13).
- IFcys.for GAG ATA TAT cca tgT GTG ATC TGC CGC SEQ ID NO: 12
- Plasmid pMON30426 DNA was digested with the restriction enzymes Ncol and Hindlll resulting in a 3207 bp vector fragment. Plasmid D ⁇ A from pMO ⁇ 30426 was digested with Ncol and Bgl ⁇ l resulting in a 192 bp fragment. The 192 bp fragment along with a 315 bp Bgl HindUI fragment that was assembled from synthetic oligonucleotides IF ⁇ D1 (SEQ ID NO. 4), IFND2 (SEQ ID NO. 5), IFND3X (SEQ ID NO. 6), IFND4X (SEQ ID NO. 7), IFND5 (SEQ ID NO.
- IFND6 SEQ ID NO. 9
- IFND7 SEQ ID NO. 10
- IFND8 SEQ ID NO. 11
- the genetic elements derived from plasmid pMON20405 are the pBR327 origin of replication, the tac promoter, the gene 10 leader (glO-L) ribosome binding site joined to human interferon (hlFN) alpha A/D hybrid, the P22 transcriptional terminator, and the streptomycin adenyltransferase gene.
- the DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Ala-Cys-, of pMON20405 was changed to the DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Cys-, of pMON20433 by mutagenesis.
- the QuikChange Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit of Stratagene was used employing oligos IFcys.for (SEQ ID NO: 12) and IFcys.rev (SEQ ID NO: 13).
- the vector pMON20433 (SEQ ID NO: 22) encodes interferon A D (SEQ ID NO: 23, 28).
- Plasmid DNA can be isolated by a number of different methods and using commercially available kits known to those skilled in the art. Plasmid DNA is isolated using the Promega WizardTM Miniprep kit (Madison, WI), the Qiagen QIAwell Plasmid isolation kits (Chatsworth, CA) or Qiagen Plasmid Midi or Mini kit. These kits follow the same general procedure for plasmid DNA isolation. Briefly, cells are pelleted by centrifugation (5000 x g), the plasmid DNA released with sequential NaO ⁇ /acid treatment, and cellular debris is removed by centrifugation (10000 x g).
- the supernatant (containing the plasmid DNA) is loaded onto a column containing a DNA-binding resin, the column is washed, and plasmid DNA eluted. After screening for the colonies with the plasmid of interest, the E. coli cells are inoculated into 50-100 ml of LB plus appropriate antibiotic for overnight growth at 37°C in an air incubator while shaking.
- the purified plasmid DNA is used for DNA sequencing, further restriction enzyme digestion, additional subcloning of DNA fragments and transfection into E. coli, mammalian cells, or other cell types.
- Purified plasmid DNA is resuspended in dH 2 0 and its concentration is determined by measuring the absorbance at 260/280 nm in a Bausch and Lomb Spectronic 601 UV spectrometer.
- DNA samples are sequenced using ABI PRISMTM DyeDeoxyTM terminator sequencing chemistry (Applied Biosystems Division of Perkin Elmer Corporation, Lincoln City, CA) kits (Part Number 401388 or 402078) according to the manufacturer's suggested protocol usually modified by the addition of 5% DMSO to the sequencing mixture. Sequencing reactions are performed in a DNA thermal cycler (Perkin Elmer Corporation, Norwalk, CT) following the recommended amplification conditions.
- Samples are purified to remove excess dye terminators with Centri-SepTM spin columns (Princeton Separations, Adelphia, NJ) and lyophilized. Fluorescent dye labeled sequencing reactions are resuspended in deionized formamide, and sequenced on denaturing 4.75% polyacrylamide-8M urea gels using ABI Model 373A and Model 377 automated DNA sequencers. Overlapping DNA sequence fragments are analyzed and assembled into master DNA contigs using Sequencher DNA analysis software (Gene Codes Corporation, Ann Arbor, MI).
- the BHK-21 cell line can be obtained from the ATCC (Rockville, MD). The cells are cultured in Dulbecco's modified Eagle media (DMEM/high-glucose), supplemented to 2 mM (mM) L-glutamine and 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS). This formulation is designated BHK growth media. Selective media is BHK growth media supplemented with 453 units/mL hygromycin B (CalBiochem, San Diego,
- the BHK-21 cell line was previously stably transfected with the HSV transactivating protein VP16, which transactivates the IE110 promoter found on the plasmid pMON3359 and pMON3633 and the IE175 promoter found in the plasmid pMON3360B (See Hippenmeyer et al., Bio /Technology, pp.1037-1041,
- the VP16 protein drives expression of genes inserted behind the IE 110 or
- BHK-21 cells expressing the transactivating protein VP16 are designated BHK-VP16.
- the plasmid pMONlll ⁇ (See Highkin et al., Poultry Sci., 70: 970-981, 1991) expresses the hygromycin resistance gene from the SV40 promoter.
- a similar plasmid, pSV2-hph, is available from ATCC.
- BHK-VP16 cells are seeded into a 60 millimeter (mm) tissue culture dish at 3 x 10 5 cells per dish 24 hours prior to transfection.
- Cells are transfected for 16 hours in 3 mL of "OPTIMEM”TM (Gibco-BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) containing 10 ug of plasmid DNA containing the gene of interest, 3 ug hygromycin resistance plasmid, pMONlll ⁇ , and 80 ug of Gibco-BRL "LIPOFECTAMINE”TM per dish.
- the media is subsequently aspirated and replaced with 3 mL of growth media.
- media from each dish is collected and assayed for activity (transient conditioned media).
- the cells are removed from the dish by trypsin-EDTA, diluted 1:10, and transferred to 100 mm tissue culture dishes containing 10 mL of selective media. After approximately 7 days in selective media, resistant cells grow into colonies several millimeters in diameter. The colonies are removed from the dish with filter paper (cut to approximately the same size as the colonies and soaked in trypsin/EDTA) and transferred to individual wells of a 24 well plate containing 1 mL of selective media. After the clones are grown to confluence, the conditioned media is re-assayed, and positive clones are expanded into growth media.
- E. coli strain MON105 or JM101 harboring the plasmid of interest are grown at 37°C in M9 plus casamino acids medium with shaking in an air incubator Model G2 ⁇ from New Brunswick Scientific (Edison, NJ). Growth is monitored at OD ⁇ oo until it reaches a value of 1.0 at which time nalidixic acid (10 mg/mL) in 0.1 N NaOH is added to a final concentration of ⁇ 0 ⁇ g/mL. The cultures are then shaken at 37°C for three to four additional hours. A high degree of aeration is maintained throughout culture period in order to achieve maximal production of the desired gene product. The cells are examined under a light microscope for the presence of inclusion bodies (IB).
- IB inclusion bodies
- One mL aliquots of the culture are removed for analysis of protein content by boiling the pelleted cells, treating them with reducing buffer and electrophoresis via SDS-PAGE (see Maniatis et al., "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 1982).
- the culture is centrifuged (5000 x g) to pellet the cells.
- Isolation of Inclusion Bodies The cell pellet from a 330 mL E. coli culture is resuspended in 15 mL of sonication buffer (10 mM 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl) 1,3-propanediol hydrochloride (Tris-HCl), pH 8.0, 1 mM ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). These resuspended cells are sonicated using the microtip probe of a Sonicator Cell Disruptor (Model W-375, Heat Systems-Ultrasonics, Inc., Farmingdale, New York). Three rounds of sonication in sonication buffer followed by centrifugation are employed to disrupt the cells and wash the inclusion bodies (IB). The first round of sonication is a 3 minute burst followed by a 1 minute burst, and the final two rounds of sonication are for 1 minute each.
- Tris-HCl 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl) 1,3-propanedi
- E. coli inclusion bodies were dissolved in 6 M Gn-HCl, 10 mM EDTA, pH 8. ⁇ -9; stirred at 4°C for 1 hr and then diluted 4-fold with 0.1M Tris/HCl pH 8.1. The solution is left to oxidize, while stirring, for 48-72 hrs at 4°C. The structure of refolded molecules is monitored by reverse-phase HPLC.
- the sample was dialyzed against 20 volumes of 0.1 M NaCl at 4°C and the precipitate removed by centrifugation.
- the pH of the sample was adjusted to pH 4.5 by addition of NaP/phosphoric acid.
- the sample was dialyzed against 50 mM NaP, pH 4.5, O.l ⁇ M NaCl. Precipitates are removed from the sample by centrifugation and the sample was applied to Mono S or S-sepharose and eluted with 1 M NaCl in ⁇ O mM NaP, pH 4.5.
- the pH of the eluted sample was adjusted to pH 7 by the addition of dibasic NaP and then loaded onto a Pharmacia Cu- chelate resin, washed and eluted in 50 mM acidic acid, 0.25 M NaCl, pH 3.
- the folded proteins can be affinity-purified using affinity reagents such as monoclonal antibodies or receptor subunits attached to a suitable matrix. Purification can also be accomplished using any of a variety of chromatographic methods such as: ion exchange, gel filtration or hydrophobic chromatography or reversed phase HPLC. These and other protein purification methods are described in detail in Methods in Enzymology, Volume 182 "Guide to Protein Purification” edited by Murray Deutscher, Academic Press, San Diego, California, 1990. Protein Characterization
- Protein quantitation is done by amino acid composition, RP-HPLC, and Bradford protein determination. In some cases tryptic
- 5 peptide mapping is performed in conjunction with electrospray mass spectrometry to confirm the identity of the protein.
- bioconjugates containing a v b3 inhibitors conjugated to interferon were characterized by electrospray mass spectrometry, SDS-PAGE, mapping of trypsin-digested fragments, and amino acid composition analysis. 0 Endotoxin levels in recombinant protein samples were determined by standard assays.
- Antiviral activity induced by human interferon is measured spectrophotometrically as inhibition of the cytopathic effect that normally results from infection of Madin Darby bovine kidney cells, (ATCC CCL #22), with vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV) (ATCC VR-158) (Rubinstein et al., J. Virol. 37(2): 7 ⁇ -758, 0 1981).
- VSV stocks are prepared on mouse L cells (L929) (ATCC CCL# 1). Samples of interferon are serially titrated in a 96-well plate format and incubated with 4 x 10 4 cells per well, 6 hours prior to addition of virus at a multiplicity of infection of 0.1 plaque forming units per cell.
- the cells are stained with crystal violet at 20-24 hours postinfection and staining is measured spectrophotometrically at 680 nm.
- the relative potencies of the samples are compared with Intron A, a recombinant interferon produced by Schering Plough and obtained by prescription.
- Human Burkitt's lymphoma Daudi cells (ATCC) are seeded at 2 x 10 4 cells/well into 96-well tissue culture plates and cells are cultured in the presence or 0 absence of serial doses of rhIFN alpha 2b for 3 days. Cultures are pulsed with 3 H- thymidine for the last hour of the culture period, and the 3 H-thymidine uptake, counts per minute (cpm), measured on a Beta-plate reader. All samples are assayed in triplicate. Endothelial cell proliferation assay
- HdMVEC human dermal microvascular endothelial cells
- BocEnd, Incell bovine microvascular 5 endothelial cells
- FBS heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum
- antibiotics 100 ug/ml heparin (Sigma) and 100 ug/ml endothelial mitogen (Biomedical Technologies).
- Confluent monolayers at passages 2-5 were dispersed in .05% trypsin and resuspended in complete medium.
- Five hundred ul of complete media containing 1.25 x 10 4 cells 0 were seeded into wells of a 24-well tissue culture plate coated with 0.1% gelatin (Sigma). The cells were incubated overnight at 3775% CO2 at which time the media was replaced with 250 ul of media containing 5% FBS and various concentrations of inhibitors. After 30 minutes of incubation, 250 ul of media containing 1 ng/ml bFGF (R&D Systems) was added and the cells were incubated 5 for an additional 72 hours, at which time they were trypsinized and counted with a Coulter counter.
- the endothelial cell migration assay is performed essentially as previous described (Gately et al., Cancer Res. 56:4887-4890, 1996). To determine the ability 0 of angiostatin to inhibit the migration of endothelial cells, migration assays were performed in a transwell chamber (Costar) containing 8 mm pore size polycarbonate membranes. The cells utilized in the assay were either human microvascular endothelial cells from Emory or bovine endothelial cells (kindly provided by Gately Northwestern University, Evanston, IL).
- the cells were 5 starved overnight before use in MCDB131 + 0.1% BSA (human cells) or DMEM + 0.1% BSA (bovine cells), harvested, and resuspended in the same media at 10 6 cells/ml.
- the lower side of the transwells were coated with 0.1% gelatin for 30 minutes at 37°C before addition of 2 x 10 5 cells to the upper chamber.
- the transwell was moved to a well containing the chemoattractant (bFGF or VEGF) in 0 the lower chamber. Migration was allowed to occur overnight at 37°C.
- the membranes were then fixed and stained, and the number of cells that migrated to the lower side of the membrane counted in 3 high powered fields.
- the corneal micropocket assay has been developed to evaluate the anti- ⁇ angiogenic activity of test compounds in mice.
- BALBc or C57BL strains of mice are anesthetized with avertin (tribromoethanol, 125 mpk, 0.3-.4 ml/mouse, i.p., 25 ga needle).
- the eyes are topically anesthetized with 0.5% proparacaine. Only one eye is used.
- the eye is proptosed with a small forceps and under an operating microscope, a central, intrastromal linear keratotomy is performed with a #15 blade parallel to the insertion of the lateral rectus muscle.
- a modified cataract knife (1 x 20 mm) is then inserted to dissect a lamellar micropocket to within 1 mm of the temporal limbus.
- a single Hydron pellet containing either basic fibroblastic growth factor or vascular endothelial growth factor (bFGF or VEGF) is placed on the eye and pushed into the pocket with one arm of the forceps.
- the flap is self- sealing.
- Antibiotic ointment (Neobacimyx) is applied once to prevent infection and to decrease irritation of the irregular ocular surface.
- Compounds are administered immediately post-operatively. They can be administered either orally, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously or intravenously, depending on bioavailability and potency of the compound. Dosing is from one to three times daily for oral compounds, one or two per day for i.p. or s.q., and once per day via the tail vein for i.v. delivery. Volumes do not exceed 5ml/kg orally, lOml/kg i.p. or s.q. or 2.5 ml/kg i.v. All injections are done with a 25 guage needle.
- mice On post-operative day 5 or 6 the mice are anesthetized with avertin (125 mpk, i.p.), the eyes proptosed, and the degree of neovascularization assessed by determining the maximum vessel length, and the contiguous circumferential zone involved. Using the formula for the area of an ellipse, the neovascular area is measured. The animals receive a thoracotomy while still anesthetized, to assure euthanasia. Some of the eyes are removed for histology. If blood samples are required for compound blood levels, the mice are bled by cardiac puncture immediately following the corneal neovascularization assessment. This is done via a substernal approach with a 1 inch, 23 guage needle, and the animal is subsequently euthanized.
- avertin 125 mpk, i.p.
- Topical proparicaine is used as necessary to relieve irritation of the affected eye.
- the maximum number of bleeds per rat is four, every third day, although typically only two are required, one at day 4 or 6 and one at completion.
- mice can be used to evaluate the anti-tumor activity of the chimeric proteins; either direct effects on the growth of the primary tumor or effects on metastasis.
- These can be divided into two broad classes: syngeneic models of mouse tumor in mice, such as the Lewis Lung Carcinoma (Sugiura and Stock, Cancer Res., 15: 38-51, 1955; O'Reilly et al., Cell 79(2): 315-328, 1994) and xenograft models of human tumors in nude or severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) mice.
- SCID severe combined immunodeficiency
- Examples of the human tumor xenografts include: the breast cancer cell lines, MDA-MB-435 (Price, Breast Cancer Research and Treatment, 39: 93-102, 1996) and MDA-231 (Sasaki et al., Can. Res. 55: 3551-3557, 1995), the human prostate carcinoma cell line, PC-3 (Pretlow et al, Can. Res. 51: 3814-3817, 1991; Passaniti et al., Int. J. Cancer, 51: 318-324, 1992) and the human melanoma line M21 (Felding-Habermann et al., J. Clin. Invest, 89: 2018-2022, 1992).
- Human vitronectin receptor ( ⁇ v ⁇ 3) was purified from human placenta as previously described (Pytela et al., Methods in Enzymology, 144: 475-489, 1987). Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as previously described (Yatohgo et al., Cell Structure and Function, 13: 281-292, 1988)] . Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical Company (Rockford, IL) to purified vitronectin as previously described (Charo et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266(3): 1415-1421 1991). Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). Anti-biotin antibody was obtained from CalBiochem (La Jolla, CA). Linbro microtiter plates were obtained from Flow Labs (McLean, VA). ADP reagent was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO).
- the purified human vitronectin receptor ( v ⁇ ) was diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 g/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 mM Ca ++ , Mg ⁇ , and Mn ++ , pH 7.4 (TBS +++ ). The diluted receptor was immediately transferred to Linbro microtiter plates at 100 uL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4 C to allow the receptor to bind to the wells. All remaining steps were at room temperature.
- the assay plates were emptied and 200 uL of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS +++ (TBS + -VBSA) were added to block exposed plastic surfaces. Following a 2 hour incubation, the assay plates were washed with TBS +++ using a 96 well plate washer. Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS +++ /BSA as the diluent.
- the plates were washed and incubated with OPD/H 2 0 2 substrate in 100 mM L Citrate buffer, 5 pH 5.0.
- the plate was read with a microtiter plate reader at a wavelength of 450 nm and when the maximum-binding control wells reached an absorbance of about 1.0, the final A450 were recorded for analysis.
- the data were analyzed using a macro written for use with the EXCELTM spreadsheet program.
- the mean, standard deviation, and %CV were determined for duplicate concentrations.
- the 0 mean A 45 0 values were normalized to the mean of four maximum-binding controls (no competitor added)(B-MAX).
- Human fibrinogen receptor ( ⁇ b ⁇ a) was purified from outdated platelets. (Pytela, R., Pierschbacher, M.D., Argraves, S., Suzuki, S., and Rouslahti, E. "Arginine-Glycine-Aspartic acid adhesion receptors", Methods in Enzymology 144: ⁇ 47 ⁇ -489, 1987) Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as described (Yatohgo, T., Izumi, M., Kashiwagi, H., and Hayashi, M., "Novel purification of vitronectin from human plasma by heparin affinity chromatography," Cell Structure and Function 13:):281-292, 1988).
- Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical 0 Company (Rockford, IL) to purified vitronectin as previously described. (Charo, I.F., Nannizzi, L., Phillips, D.R., Hsu, M.A., Scarborough, R.M., "Inhibition of fibrinogen binding to GP Ilb/IIIa by a GP Ilia peptide", J. Biol. Chem. 266(3): 1415-1421, 1991). Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). Anti-biotin antibody was obtained from 5 CalBiochem (La Jolla, CA).
- Linbro microtiter plates were obtained from Flow Labs (McLean, VA).
- ADP reagent was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). This assay is essentially the same reported in Niiya, K., Hodson, E., Bader, R., Byers-Ward, V. Koziol, J.A., Plow, E.F. and Ruggeri, Z.M., "Increased surface expression of the membrane glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa complex induced by platelet activation: Relationships to the binding of fibrinogen and platelet aggregation", Blood 70: 475-483, 1987).
- the purified human fibrinogen receptor (allbb3) was diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 ⁇ g/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 M Ca ++ , Mg+ + , and Mn ++ , pH 7.4 (TBS +++ ).
- the diluted receptor was immediately transferred to Linbro microtiter plates at 100 uL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4 C to allow the receptor to bind to the wells. All remaining steps were at room temperature.
- the assay plates were emptied and 200 ⁇ L of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS +++ (TBS +++ /BSA) were added to block exposed plastic surfaces.
- the assay plates were washed with TBS +++ using a 96 well plate washer.
- Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS +++ /BSA as the diluent.
- This premixing of labeled ligand with test (or control) ligand, and subsequent transfer of 50 uL aliquots to the assay plate was carried out with a CETUS Propette robot; the final concentration of the labeled ligand was 1 nM and the highest concentration of test compound was 1.0 x 10- 4 M.
- the mean, standard deviation, and %CV were determined for duplicate concentrations.
- the mean A450 values were normalized to the mean of four maximum-binding controls (no competitor added)(B-MAX).
- the normalized values were subjected to a four parameter curve fit algorithm, (Robard et al., Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, pp 469, 1977), plotted on a semi-log scale, and the computed concentration corresponding to inhibition of 50% of the maximum binding of biotinylated vitronectin (IC ⁇ O) and corresponding R 2 was reported for those compounds exhibiting greater than ⁇ 0% inhibition at the highest concentration tested; otherwise the IC ⁇ O is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested.
- IC ⁇ O biotinylated vitronectin
- a 1 is:
- a 1 is:
- a 1 is:
- X is succinyl (-C(0)-CH 2 -CH 2 -C(0)- ), amino acids, or peptides served as linker.
- Table 6 SEQ ID Correlation table
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compounds which are multivalent avb3 receptor/metastasis-associated receptor ligands. The use of these multivalent ligands alone or in conjunction with other agents in pharmaceutical compositions, and in methods for treating conditions mediated by avb3 for the treatment of cancer and other angiogenic diseases, such as diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, hemangiomas, and psoriasis, are also disclosed.
Description
Multivalent avb3 and metastasis-associated receptor ligands
Priority
The present application claims priority under Title 35, United States Code, § 119 of United States Provisional Application Serial No. 60/096,442, filed August 13, 1998.
Field of the invention
The present invention relates to pharmaceutical compounds which are multivalent avD3 receptor/metastasis-associated receptor ligands. The use of these multivalent ligands alone or in conjunction with other agents in pharmaceutical compositions, and in methods for treating conditions mediated by avD3 for the treatment of cancer and other angiogenic diseases, such diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, hemangiomas, and psoriasis, are also disclosed.
Background of the invention
Cancer
Angiogenesis, the growth of new blood vessels, plays an important role in cancer growth and metastasis. In humans, the extent of vasculature in a tumor has been shown to correlate with the patient prognosis for a variety of cancers (Folkman, J., Seminars in Medicine of the Beth Israel Hospital, Boston 333(26): 1757-1763, 1995; Gasparini, G., European Journal of Cancer 32A(14): 2485-2493, 1996; Pluda, J. ML, Seminars in Oncology 24(2): 203-218, 1997). In normal adults, angiogenesis is limited to well controlled situations, such as wound healing and the female reproductive system (Battegay, E.J., J Mol Med 73:-333-346, 1995; Dvorak, H.F, New Engl J Med, 315: 1650-1659, 1986).
Animal studies suggest that tumors can exist in a dormant state, in which tumor growth is limited by a balance between high rates of proliferation and high rates of apoptosis (Holmgren, L. et al., Nat. Med. 1(2): 149-153, 1995; Hanahan, D. et al., Cell 86(3): 353-364, 1996). The switch to an angiogenic phenotype allows tumor cells to escape from dormancy and to grow rapidly, presumably as the result of a decrease in the apoptotic rate of the tumor cells (Bouck, Cancer Cells, 2(6):
179-185, 1990; Dameron et al, Cold Spring Harb Symp Quant Biol, 59: 483-489, 1994). The control of angiogenesis is thought to be a balance between factors that promote new vessel formation and anti-angiogenic factors that suppress the formation of a neovasculature (Bouck, N. et al., Advances in Cancer Research 69: 135-173, 1996; O'Reilly et al., Cell 79(2): 315-328, 1994).
The role of angiogenesis in tumor metastasis and methods by which malignant angiogenesis can be inhibited have been reviewed (Zetter, B.R., Ann Rev. Med. 49: 407-424, 1998; Jekunen, A.P., and K.J.A. Kairemo, Cancer Treat Rev. 23: 263-286, 1997). The role of growth factors in angiogenesis, particularly in ocular diseases, and the role of angiogenesis in ischemic diseases have also been reviewed (Miller, J.W. and P.A. D'Amore, Textbook of Ocular Pharmacology, (eds. Zimmerman, T.J. et al.,), Lipincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia, PA, pp. 455- 470, 1997; Breier, G. et al., Thromb. Haemostasis 78(1): 678-683, 1997).
Aυb3 antagonists
Adhesion forces are critical for many normal physiological functions.
Disruptions in these forces, through alterations in cell adhesion factors, are implicated in a variety of disorders, including cancer, stroke, osteoporosis, restenosis, and rheumatoid arthritis (A. F. Horwitz, Scientific American, 276(5): 68-75, 1997).
Integrins are a large family of cell surface glycoproteins which mediate cell adhesion and play central roles in many adhesion phenomena. Integrins are heterodimers composed of noncovalently linked α and β polypeptide subunits. Currently eleven different subunits have been identified and six different β subunits have been identified. The various α subunits can combine with various β subunits to form distinct integrins.
One integrin known as avb3 (or the vitronectin receptor) is normally associated with endothelial cells and smooth muscle cells. Avb3 integrins can promote the formation of blood vessels (angiogenesis) in tumors. These vessels nourish the tumors and provide access routes into the bloodstream for metastatic cells.
The avb3 integrin is also known to play a role in various other disease states or conditions including tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), osteoporosis, Paget's disease, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy, arthritis, including rheumatoid
arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis, and smooth muscle cell migration (e.g., restenosis).
Tumor cell invasion occurs by a three step process: 1) tumor cell attachment to extracellular matrix; 2) proteolytic dissolution of the matrix; and 3) movement of the cells through the dissolved barrier. This process can occur repeatedly and can result in metastases at sites distant from the original tumor.
The avb3 integrin and a variety of other alpha v-containing integrins bind to a number of Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD)-containing matrix macromolecules. Compounds containing the RGD sequence mimic extracellular matrix ligands and bind to cell surface receptors. Fibronectin and vitronectin are among the major binding partners of avb3 integrin. Other proteins and peptides have also bind the avb3 ligand. These include the disintegrins (M. Pfaff et al., Cell Adhes. Commun. 2(6): 491-501, 1994), peptides derived from phage display libraries (Healy, J.M. et al., Protein Pept. Lett. 3(1): 23-30, 1996; Hart, S.L. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 269(17): 12468- 12474, 1994) and small cyclic RGD peptides (M. Pfaff et al., J. Biol. Chem., 269(32): 20233-20238, 1994). The monoclonal antibody LM609 is also an avb3 integrin antagonist (D.A. Cheresh et al., J. Biol. Chem., 262(36): 17703-17711, 1987).
Avbβ inhibitors are being developed as potential anti-cancer agents. Compounds that impair endothelial cell adhesion via the avb3 integrin induce improperly proliferating endothelial cells to die. Avbβ inhibitors can also help patients suffering from proliferative retinopathy, a complication of diabetes in which the retina sprouts weak and leaky blood vessels that can destroy the retina and causes blindness, or from restenosis, a process in which blood vessels in many patients can become occluded again over a period of time after the balloon angioplastic surgery.
Osteoporosis is a disorder involving loss of bone and increased risk of bone fracture, that occurs with age, particularly in women. This disease can result from the overactivity of osetoclast cells that bind to bone and degrade bone. The osteoclast binding occurs via the avb3 integrin. Specific inhibitors that shield avb3 integrins can prevent the destructive cells from adhering to bone. Additionally, it has been found that such agents can be useful as antivirals, antifungals and antimicrobials. Thus, compounds which selectively inhibit or antagonize avb3 can be beneficial for treating such conditions.
The avbβ integrin has been shown to play a role in melanoma cell invasion (Seftor et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89: 1557-1561, 1992). The avb3 integrin
expressed on human melanoma cells has also been shown to promote a survival signal, protecting the cells from apoptosis (Montgomery et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 91: 8856-8860, 1994).
Mediation of the tumor cell metastatic pathway by interference with the avb3 integrin cell adhesion receptor to impede tumor metastasis would be beneficial. Antagonists of avb3 have been shown to provide a therapeutic approach for the treatment of neoplasia (inhibition of solid tumor growth) because systemic administration of avb3 antagonists causes dramatic regression of various histologically distinct human tumors (Brooks et al., Cell, 79: 1157-1164, 1994).
The adhesion receptor identified as integrin avb3 is a marker of angiogenic blood vessels in chick and man. This receptor plays a critical role in angiogenesis or neovascularization. Angiogenesis is characterized by the invasion, migration and proliferation of smooth muscle and endothelial cells by new blood vessels. Antagonists of avb3 inhibit this process by selectively promoting apoptosis of cells in the neovasculature. The growth of new blood vessels, also contributes to pathological conditions such as diabetic retinopathy (Adonis et al., Amer. J. Ophthal., 118: 445-450, 1994) and rheumatoid arthritis (Peacock et al., J. Exp. Med., 175:, 1135-1138, 1992). Therefore, avb3 antagonists can be useful therapeutic targets for treating such conditions associated with neovascularization (Brooks et al., Science, 264: 569-571, 1994).
The avbβ cell surface receptor is also the major integrin on osteoclasts responsible for the attachment to the matrix of bone. Osteoclasts cause bone resorption and when such bone resorbing activity exceeds bone forming activity, osteoporosis (a loss of bone) results, which leads to an increased number of bone fractures, incapacitation and increased mortality. Antagonists of avb3 have been shown to be potent inhibitors of osteoclastic activity both in vitro (Sato et al., J. Cell. Biol , 111: 1713-1723, 1990) and in vivo (Fisher et al., Endocrinology, 132: 1411-1413, 1993). Antagonism of avb3 leads to decreased bone resorption and therefore assists in restoring a normal balance of bone forming and resorbing activity. Thus it would be beneficial to provide antagonists of osteoclast avb3 which are effective inhibitors of bone resorption and therefore are useful in the treatment or prevention of osteoporosis.
The role of the avbβ integrin in smooth muscle cell migration also makes an avb3 a therapeutic target for prevention or inhibition of neointimal hyperplasia which is a leading cause of restenosis after vascular procedures (Choi et al., J.
Vase. Surg. 19(1): 125-134, 1994). Prevention or inhibition of neointimal
hyperplasia by pharmaceutical agents to prevent or inhibit restenosis would be beneficial.
White has reported that adenovirus uses avb3 for entering host cells
(Current Biology, 3(9): 596-599, 1993). The integrin appears to be required for endocytosis of the virus particle and may be required for penetration of the viral genome into the host cell cytoplasm. Thus compounds which inhibit avbβ would find usefulness as antiviral agents.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 97/08145 by Sikorski et al., discloses meta-guanidine, urea, thiourea or azacyclic amino benzoic acid derivatives as highly specific avb3 integrin antagonists.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 96/00574 Al 960111 by Cousins, R.D. et al., describe preparation of 3-oxo-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH-l,4-benzodiazepine and -2-benzazepine derivatives and analogs as vitronectin receptor antagonists.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 97/23480 Al 970703 by Jadhav, P.K. et al., describe annelated pyrazoles as novel integrin receptor antagonists. Novel heterocycles including 3-[l-[3-(imidazolin-2-ylamino)propyl]indazol-5-ylcarbonylamino]-2-
(benzyl oxycarbonylamino)propionic acid, which are useful as antagonists of the αvβ3 integrin and related cell surface adhesive protein receptors.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 97/26250 Al 970724 by Hartman, G.D. et al., describe the preparation of arginine dipeptide mimics as integrin receptor antagonists.
Selected compounds were shown to bind to human integin avb3 with EIB <1000 nM and claimed as compds. useful for inhibiting the binding of fibrinogen to blood platelets and for inhibiting the aggregation of blood platelets.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 97/23451 by Diefenbach, B. et al., describe a series of tyrosine-derivatives used as alpha v-integrin inhibitors for treating tumors, osteoporoses, osteolytic disorder and for suppressing angiogenesis.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 96/16983 Al 960606. by Vuori, K. and Ruoslahti, E. describe cooperative combinations of a b3 integrin ligand and second ligand contained within a matrix, and use in wound healing and tissue regeneration. The compounds contain a ligand for the avb3 integrin and a ligand for the insulin receptor, the PDGF receptor, the IL-4 receptor, or the IGF receptor, combined in a biodegradable polymeric (e.g. hyaluronic acid) matrix.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 97/10507 Al 970320 by Ruoslahti, E; and Pasqualini, R.
describe peptides that home to a selected organ or tissue in vivo, and methods of identifying them. A brain-homing peptide, nine amino acid residues long, for example, directs red blood cells to the brain. Also described is use of in vivo panning to identify peptides homing to a breast tumor or a melanoma.
PCT Int. Appl. WO 96/01653 Al 960125 by Thorpe, Philip E.; Edgington,
Thomas S. describes bifunctional ligands for specific tumor inhibition by blood coagulation in tumor vasculature. The disclosed bispecific binding ligands bind through a first binding region to a disease-related target cell, e.g. a tumor cell or tumor vasculature; the second region has coagulation-promoting activity or is a binding region for a coagulation factor. The disclosed bispecific binding ligand may be a bispecific (monoclonal) antibody, or the two ligands may be connected by a (selectively cleavable) covalent bond, a chemical linking agent, an avidin-biotin linkage, and the like. The target of the first binding region can be a cytokine- inducible component, and the cytokine can be released in response to a leukocyte- activating antibody; this may be a bispecific antibody which crosslinks activated leukocytes with tumor cells.
Metastasis-associated receptor ligands
Interferon alpha (IFN alpha) is a family of highly homologous, species- specific proteins that possess complex antiviral, antineoplastic and immunomodulating activities (Extensively reviewed in the monograph "Antineoplastic agents, interferon alfa," American Society of Hospital Pharmacists, Inc., 1996, LEXIS file GENMED [General Medicine], DIF [Drug Information file]). Interferon alpha also has anti-proliferative, and anti-angiogenic properties, and has specific effects on cellular differentiation (Sreevalsan, in "Biologic Therapy of Cancer", pp. 347-364, (eds. V.T. DeVita Jr., S. Hellman, and S.A. Rosenberg), J.B. Lippincott Co, Philadelphia, PA, 1995).
Interferon alpha is effective against a variety of cancers including hairy cell leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, malignant melanoma, and Kaposi's sarcoma. The precise mechanism by which IFN alpha exerts its anti-tumor activity is not entirely clear, and may differ based on the tumor type or stage of disease. The anti-proliferative properties of IFN alpha, which may result from the modulation of the expression of oncogenes and/or proto-oncogenes, have been demonstrated on both tumor cell lines and human tumors growing in nude mice (Gutterman, J. U., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA 91: 1198-1205, 1994).
The effectiveness of interferon in treating neoplastic diseases, particularly melanoma has been reviewed (Agarwala, S.S. and J.M. Kirkwood, Curr. Opin. Oncol., 8(2): 167-174, 1996). The treatment of metastatic melanoma with chemotherapeutic drugs, such as cisplatin, combined with biologic agents such as interferon alpha and interleukin-2, referred to as "biochemotherapy" or "chemoimmunotherapy" has also been reviewed (Anderson, CM. et al., Prog. Anti- Cancer Chemother. (eds Khayat, D., and G.N. Hortobagyi), pp. 68-87, Blackwell, Maiden, MA, 1997; Atkins, M.B., Curr. Opin. Oncol. 9(2): 205-213, 1997). The status of single agent and combination cytotoxic chemotherapeutic regimens for melanoma have extensively reviewed (Lee, S.M. et al., Br. Med. Bull. 51(3): 609- 630, 1995).
Interferon is also considered an anti-angiogenic factor, as demonstrated through the successful treatment of hemangiomas in infants (Ezekowitz et al, N. Engl. J. Med., May 28, 326(22) 1456-1463, 1992) and the effectiveness of IFΝ alpha against Kaposi's sarcoma (Krown, Semin Oncol 14(2 Suppl 3): 27-33, 1987). The mechanism underlying these anti-angiogenic effects is not clear, and may be the result of IFΝ alpha action on the tumor (decreasing the secretion of pro-angiogenic factors) or on the neovasculature. IFΝ receptors have been identified on a variety of cell types (Νavarro et al., Modern Pathology 9(2): 150-156, 1996). A general review on the structure and function of type I and type II interferon receptors has been recently published (Pestka, S., Semin. Oncol. 24(3, Suppl. 9), 18-40, 1997).
United States Patent 4,530,901 to Weissmann, describes the cloning and expression of IFΝ alpha-type molecules in transformed host strains. United States Patent 4,503,035, Pestka, describes an improved processes for purifying 10 species of human leukocyte interferon using preparative high performance liquid chromatography. United States Patent 5,231,176 to Goeddel, describes the cloning of a novel distinct family of human leukocyte interferons containing in their mature form greater than 166 and no more than 172 amino acids.
United States Patent 5,541,293 to Stabinsky, describes the synthesis, cloning, and expression of consensus human interferons. These are non-naturally occurring analogues of human (leukocyte) interferon alpha assembled from synthetic oligonucleotides. The sequence of the consensus interferon was determined by comparing the sequences of 13 members of the IFΝ alpha family of interferons and selecting the preferred amino acid at each position. These variants differ from naturally occurring forms in terms of the identity and/or location of one or more amino acids, and one or more biological and
pharmacological properties (e.g., antibody reactivity, potency, or duration effect) but retain other such properties.
The structure of the many human interferon alpha species that have been characterized and that of hybrid proteins that have been generated by recombinant means has been recently reviewed (Pestka, S., Semin. Oncol. 24(3, Suppl. 9): 4-17, 1997). International standards and designations of all the interferon species that have been characterized has also been reviewed (Pestka, S. and Meager, A. J. Interferon Cytokine Res. 17(Suppl. 1): S9-S14, 1997).
Physiologically-active immunological interferon-polyethylene glycol conjugates have been described that appear to have improved circulating half-life, water solubility and immunological properties (see, for example, U.S. 4,179,337). Long-acting alpha-interferon compositions containing 1-4 polyalkene oxide moieties conjugated to interferon (U.S. 5,711,944), methods for preparing mono- and bis-interferon polymer (polyethylene glycol) conjugates (U.S. 5,738,846), and interferon alpha polyethylene glycol conjugates containing a polymer moiety from 300 to 30,000 daltons, for example, have been described (U.S. 5,595,732).
Chemical ligation of peptides
Significant advances in the understanding of structure/function relationships are due in large part to the powerful genetic engineering techniques that allow the rapid mutagenesis, expression, and purification, protein variants. One significant limitation, however, is that the proteins purified from recombinant organisms are comprised of the 20 naturally-occurring L-amino acids, occasionally modified at certain positions by post-translational processing.
Chemical methods of peptide synthesis are not subject to such limitations, and may be used for the preparation of proteins or peptides containing D-amino acids or other synthetic amino acid analogs. Many peptide variants and small proteins have been synthesized using the stepwise solid-phase synthetic method
(R.B. Merrifield, J. Am Chem. Soc. 85: 2149, 1963). This approach may not be appropriate, however, for peptides longer than 40 to 50 amino acid residues due to problems with side reactions and purification that increase with peptide length.
Fragment condensation, where two protected peptides are prepared, purified, and then coupled to form a longer peptide, is an alternative method (H. Kuroda et al.,
Int. J. Pept. Protein Res. 40: 294, 1992). Enzymatic ligation of cloned or synthetic peptide segments has also been used (L. Abrahmsen et al., Biochemistry 30: 4151, 1991).
A new chemical ligation method, termed the chemoselective method, avoids many of problems associated with other total- or semi-synthetic methods (L.H. Huang et al., Biochemistry, 30: 7402, 1991; C.J.A. Wallace et al., J. Biol. Chem. 267: 3852, 1992). With this approach, an unprotected peptide with C-terminal carboxylthioester can be linked to the N-terminus of the N-terminal cysteine containing unprotected peptide selectively (M. Schnolzer, and S. B. H. Kent, Science 256: 221, 1992; C. F Liu, and J. P. Tarn, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 116: 4149, 1994). Several biologically active peptides and proteins have been prepared (L. E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 117: 2998, 1995). This method is not limited to peptide ligation and has been used for preparation of cyclic proteins or peptides (L. Zhang and J. P. Tarn, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 2363, 1997).
Another semisynthetic method of assembling proteins, termed expressed protein ligation, involves the chemoselective addition of a peptide to a recombinant protein (Muir et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95: 6705-6710, 1998). A thioester generated in the C-terminus of recombinant tyrosine kinase C-terminal Src kinase (Csk) was ligated to a synthetic phosphotyrosine peptide containing an N-terminal cysteine. This method permits the introduction of unnatural amino acids, biophysical probes, and post-translational modifications into proteins of any size, overcoming the -15 kDa upper limit currently reached by the chemoselective method.
Bioconjugates - chemical groups conjugated to proteins
Chemicals have been conjugated onto proteins for a variety of applications including development of bioassays using conjugated antisera, therapeutic immunotoxins, extension of the in vivo half-life, and for tissue targeting. Enzymes have been used as a tool for the conjugation (T. Nakatsuka et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 109: 3808, 1987; C. H. Wong et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 115: 5893, 1993). Cross linking reagents, such as carbodiimdes, glutaldyhyde, and epoxides, have been broadly used for chemical conjugation (reviewed in Greg T. Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques, Academic Press, New York, NY, 1996).
Specificity is often a significant problem with both the enzymatic and chemical coupling methods due to difficulties in conjugating a chemical to specific amino acid residue(s) of a protein in a controlled manner. Recently, a chemoselective ligation method has been developed which can selectively link a compound with thioester functional group to the N-terminus of the N-terminal cysteine-containing peptides or proteins. The yield is high and the control of side reactions appears to be manageable (P. E. Dawson and S. B. H. Kent, J. Am. Chem
Soc. 115: 7263, 1993; P. E. Dawson et al., Science 266: 778, 1994; L. E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 117: 2998, 1995; J. P. Tam et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92: 12485, 1995).
Multifunctional anti-angiogenic bioconjugates
Compounds with multiple (e.g., dual) activities such as avb3 antagonists conjugated to a metastasis-associated receptor ligand (e.g., interferon alpha which has an anti-angiogenic activity) can have improved biological properties by acting through several mechanisms. The two moieties can have distinct mechanisms, permitting synergy or increased efficacy, or both, as a result of blocking the angiogenic process at two separate points. Alternatively, the two moieties may act on the same type of cell, resulting in an increased binding, or other action, by virtue of increased avidity. Each moiety in this case participates in the targeting the other moiety to the appropriate site of action. Dimers or higher order multimers of these moieties with themselves or other chemical groups, including proteins, can have increased efficacy or potency, or both, by virtue of either of these mechanisms.
Avb3 bioconjugates can have improved activities due to the ability to bind to two distinct receptors on the same cell type and thus demonstrate improved activity due to interactions with receptors on a single cell. These avb3 bioconjugates can have improved therapeutic properties through a variety of mechanisms such as: (1) alterations in the overall on- or off-rates or Ka or Kd of the ligand(s) on the target cell, (2) activation or blockade of complementary receptor signaling pathways, and/or (3) more specific targeting of one or both of the components to the cell of interest. Further, the avb3 bioconjugates are expected to possess a unique pharmacokinetic distribution and clearance profile (Dehmer et al., Circulation, 91, 2188-2194, 1995; Tanaka et al., Nature Medicine, 3, 437-442, 1997).
Avb3 bioconjugates can also have improved properties in vivo, compared to the two components individually, as a result of alterations in biodistribution or half-life. The improved properties can also result from the binding of the avb3 bioconjugate to one or more of the receptors, pharmacokinetics, or uptake of the bioconjugate is altered in a favorable manner. These moieties are likely to act through complementary mechanisms. Therefore, bioconjugates containing anti- proliferative and anti-angiogenic activities can provide improved anti-tumor activity by using two distinct mechanisms to decrease tumor growth. The anti- proliferative moiety can act directly on the tumor to decrease its growth whereas
the anti-angiogenic factor acts indirectly by preventing the growth of the neovasculature required for rapid tumor growth. Avbβ bioconjugates illustrate one example of a compound by this mechanism.
A chemoselective ligation method can be used to conjugate the avb3 antagonists to the protein to improve the antitumor properties of interferon alpha. Small RGD-containing peptides or peptidomimetic avb3 antagonists can also be conjugated to interferon by different linking methods (G.T. Hermanson, Bioconjugate Techniques, pp 169-286, Academic Press, 1996) including methods that use l-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (WSC), Di- (N-succinimidyl) carbonate (DSC) and N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP) (M. Brinkley, Bioconjugate Chem. 3: 2, 1992).
Summary of the invention
The present invention relates to bioconjugates comprising one or more avb3 antagonist moieties coupled to an amide or to a metastasis-associated receptor ligand by a covalent bond or by a linear or branched linker. The avb3 bioconjugates are prepared by conjugating an avb3 integrin antagonist with a peptide or a polypeptide, processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and methods for their use. Methods of preparing highly-specific unconjugated avb3 antagonists, the preparation of interferon alpha derivatives, and the conjugation of the avb3 antagonists to an anti-angiogenic protein, such as interferon alpha and its derivatives, are disclosed in this application.
A related United States Non-Provisional Application, based on United States Provisional Application Serial No. 60/081,074 filed April 8, 1998, which discloses dual metastasis-associated receptor ligands, is specifically incorporated herein by reference.
A compound contemplated by this invention is represented by the group formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII consisting of:
Ai-Li-Ri-Ti,
A1
\
\
I
/
L1
/
A1
(A1-L1)2R2-R1-Ti,
II
A1
/
/
4
A1 L1 R4
\
\
I R2— R1 T1 /
/
A1 L1 R4
\
L1
\
A1
((A1-L1)2R -R3)2R2-R1-T1,
III
A
(((Ai-Li)2R6-R5)2R-R3)2R2-R1-Ti,
IV
I
A1
\
L I1
\
I R2— R1 T1
/
L L1 /
A1
II
(A1-Li)2R4-R3-[Ai-L1-]R2-Ri-T1,
(A1-Li)R6-R5-[Ai-Li-]R4-R3-[A1-Li-]R2-Ri-Ti,
VI
(Ai-L1)2R8-R7-[Ai-Li-]R«-R5-[A1-Li-]R4-R3-[Ai-Li-]R2-Ri-Ti,
VII
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A1 separately or in combination with L1 is an avb3 antagonist,
T1 is selected from the group consisting of metastasis-associated receptor ligands and amides,
L1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds A1 to R2, R4, R6, or R8, R2, R4, R6, and R8 are branched linkers,
R3, R5, and R7 are covalent bonds or linkers that covalently bond R2 to R4, R4 to R6, and R6 to R8, respectfully, and
R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1.
To facilitate subsequent descriptions of formulas, abbreviated names (formula classes) were assigned to each formula. The following table shows the relationship between each formula class and its formula.
Formula class Formula
I Ai-Li-Ri-Ti
ni ((Ai-L1)2R -R3)2R2-R1-Ti
IV (((Ai-L1)2R6-R5)2R4-R3)2R2-R1-Ti
V (Ai-Li)2R -R3-[Ai-Li-]R2-Ri-Ti
VI (Ai-Li)2R6-R5-[Ai-Li-]R4-R3-[Ai-L1-]R2-Ri-Ti
VII (A1-Li)2R8-R7-[Ai-Li-]R6-R5.[A1-Li-]R4-R3-[A1-L1-]R2-Ri-T1
Preferably, the ligand portion of a compound is an agonist. The ligand portion of a compound can also be an antagonist.
Preferably, T1 is a polypeptide. More preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of natural cytokines, synthetic cytokines, and anti-angiogenic proteins.
Preferably, the anti-angiogenic protein is selected from the group consisting of angiostatin and endostatin.
Preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of interleukin-2, interleukin-7, interleukin-12, interleukin-15, interferons and progenipoietin-G, erythropoietin, erythropoietin receptor agonists, colony stimulating factors, and hematopoietic growth factors. More preferably, the cytokine is human interferon. Even more preferably, the interferon is interferon alpha. Most preferably, wherein the interferon alpha is interferon alpha 2b. Most preferably, the interferon alpha is interferon alpha A/D hybrid.
Preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID
NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 24, SEQ ID NO: 25, SEQ ID NO: 26, SEQ ID NO: 27, and SEQ ID NO: 28.
Preferably, L1 is a peptide linker. More preferably the peptide linker is a peptide ranging in length from 2 through 10 amino acids.
Preferably, the peptide linker is Gly-Asp, and the amide is selected from the group consisting of serine amide (-CH-(CH3)-C=0-NH2), alanine amide (-CH-(CH2OH)-C=0-NH2), and -ala-cys-asp-leu-pro-gln-NH2.
Preferably, the peptide linker is Gly-Asp-L2, wherein; L2 is selected from the group consisting of Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Gin, Glu, Gly, His, He, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Try, Val. Even more preferably, L2 is selected from the group consisting of Ala, Ser, Val. Most preferably, the peptide linker is one or more peptide sequences selected from the group consisting of; -Gly-Asp-Ala- (SEQ
ID NO: 29); -Gly-Asp-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 30); -Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 31); -Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 32); -Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 33); -Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 34); -Gly-Asp- Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly- Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 35); and -Gly-Asp- Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 36).
More preferably, L1 is a peptide linker, said peptide linker is one or more peptide sequences selected from the group consisting of GDA (SEQ ID NO: 29); GDS (SEQ ID NO: 30); GDSLA (SEQ ID NO: 37) GDSGA (SEQ ID NO: 38) GDSGGGGA (SEQ ID NO: 39); GDSGGGGGA(SEQ ID NO: 40); GDSGGGGAS (SEQ ID NO: 41);GDS(GGGGS)2; (SEQ ID NO: 42); and GDS(GGGG)4; (SEQ ID NO: 43).
Preferably, R2, R4, R6, and R8 are branched linkers. More preferably the branched linker is lysine.
Preferably, R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1 and R1 is selected from the group consisting of peptides and amino-alkyl carboxylic acids.
Preferably, R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1 and R1 is selected from the group consisting of
AGAGA-C=0-S-CH2CH2CONH2
AGAG (SEQ ID NO 39);
AGAGA (SEQ ID NO 40) ;
AGAGGA (SEQ ID NO 41);
AGAYGA ( SEQ ID NO 42); and
GAGAG ( SEQ ID NO 43) .
R5, and R7 iε selecl -ed frc
AGAG ( SEQ ID NO 39); and
GAGAG ( SEQ ID NO 4 ) .
Preferably, A1 is selected from the group consisting of ,
and
Preferably, T1 is selected from the group consisting of amides and metastasis-associated receptor ligands, or peptide fragments thereof.
Preferably, A1 is a compound of the formula XI,
XI
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
X is C or N;
R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, dialkylamino, cyano, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, carboxyl moieties, trihaloacetamide, acetamide, aryl, fused aryl, cycloalkyl, thio, monocyclic heterocycle, and fused monocyclic heterocycle;
R is R", R12, or R13, wherein
Rii is NH2-(C=NH)NH-, HO-NH-(C=NH)NH-, NH2-(C=S)NH-, or HO-NH-(C=S)NH-; or
Ri2 is R8-(benzyl)-NH-(C=Y)-NH-, wherein;
Y is O or S; and
R8 is a substituent independently selected from the group of the following substituents:
5 hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, lower alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, mercapto, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, carboxyl derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, 10 trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, unsubstituted aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, and fused monocyclic heterocycles;
unsubstituted aryl or aryl optionally substituted 15 with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of
halogen, haloalkyl, lower alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, mercapto, hydroxy, cyano,
20 nitro, carboxyl derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl,
25 monocyclic heterocycles, and fused monocyclic heterocycles;
unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle or monocyclic heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of
30 halogen, haloalkyl, lower alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, cyano, alkylthio, and alkylsulfonyl;
or;
R13 is
D6 R\ H
wherein;
5 R7 is hydrogen or hydroxyl;
R5 and R6 are each substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen, phenyl, amino, carboxyl or carboxyl ester, and fused phenyl;
10 A is nitrogen or -CH=; and
m is an integer 1, 2, 3,or 4.
More preferably X is C; and
R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group 15 consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
Preferably R13 is
wherein;
20 X is C;
R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
R7 is hydrido or hydroxyl;
R5 and R6 are one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and hydroxy;
A is nitrogen; and
m is an integer 1 or 2.
10 Preferably A1 is a compound of the formula XIII,
XIII
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
15 R4 = H, CFa, Cl;
R is selected from R», R^ R"; wherein
R11 is NH2-(C=NH)-, HO-
NH-(C=NH)-;
20 Ri2 is benzyl-NH-(C=Y)- ; and
Y = 0, S;
R" is
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl-,
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-2- pyrimidyDamino benzoyl-.
Preferably, the avb3 bioconjugate is selected from the group consisting of Compound 100, Compound 101, Compound 102, Compound 103, Compound 201, Compound 202, Compound 203, Compound 204, Compound 205, Compound 206, Compound 207, Compound 208, Compound 209, Compound 210, Compound 211, Compound 212.
Preferably, A1 is a compound of the formula XIV,
XIV
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
J1 is selected from the group consisting of Gly-Asp-Ala- NH2, and Gly-Asp-Ser-NH2.
R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
R is
wherein;
R7 is hydrogen or hydroxyl;
R5 and R6 are one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy;
A is nitrogen; and
m is an integer 1 or 2.
Preferably, the avb3 bioconjugate is selected from the group consisting of Compound 301, Compound 302, Compound 303, Compound 304, Compound 305, Compound 306.
Additionally, the present invention relates to recombinant expression vectors comprising nucleotide sequences encoding the metastasis-associated receptor proteins, related microbial and eukaryotic expression systems, and processes for making the avb3 precursors and the metastasis proteins. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing the avb3 bioconjugates, and methods for using the avb3 bioconjugates, including use of the compounds for the manufacture of a medicament for therapeutic application to inhibit tumor growth.
Benefits of the invention are the provision of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the formulas I-VII. Such compounds and compositions are useful in inhibiting or antagonizing the αvββ integrin and in targeting angiogenesis.
Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the αvβ3 integrin and tumor angiogenesis. The invention further contemplates treating a disease or inhibiting pathological conditions associated selected from the group consisting of osteoporosis, humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, Paget's disease, tumor metastasis, solid tumor growth (neoplasia), angiogenesis, including tumor angiogenesis, retinopathy including diabetic retinopathy, arthritis, including rheumatoid arthritis, periodontal disease, psoriasis, thrombosis, angina, atherosclerosis, smooth muscle cell migration and restenosis in a mammal in need of such treatment. Additionally, such pharmaceuticals are useful as antiviral, antifungal and antibacterial agents.
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a therapeutically-effective amount of an avbβ bioconjugate in admixture with a pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier are contemplated. The composition can further comprise one or more of the following: an adjunctive agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, and an immunotherapeutic agent.
The invention contemplates a process for treating a human patient with an angiogenesis-mediated disease, by administering an effective amount of an avbβ bioconjugate. Preferably, the angiogenesis-mediated disease is selected from the group consisting of cancer, arthritis, and macular degeneration.
The invention contemplates a process for treating cancer comprising administering to a mammalian host suffering therefrom a therapeutically effective amount of a bioconjugate in unit dosage form. It also contemplates a process of inhibiting elevated levels of tumor antigens comprising administering to a host in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of an avb3 bioconjugate in unit dosage form. It also contemplates a process of modulating tumors in a patient comprising administering an angiogenesis-inhibiting effective amount of a bioconjugate to such a patient.
The invention contemplates a process of treating inhibiting the proliferation of tumor cells in a patient comprising administering an angiogenesis- inhibiting effective amount of an avbβ bioconjugate to said patient. Preferably, the tumor cells are selected from the group consisting of lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, melanoma, hepatoma, sarcoma, and lymphoma.
The invention contemplates a process for the treatment of a patient with a solid tumor, that comprises the steps of: (a) administering an effective dose of angiogenesis-inhibiting effective amount of the avb3 bioconjugate to a patient in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle; and (b) maintaining said patient for a time period sufficient to cause a reduction in tumor size. Preferably, steps (a) and (b) are repeated.
Definitions
The following is a list of abbreviations and the corresponding meanings, as used interchangeably herein:
Η-NMR = proton nuclear magnetic resonance
AcOH = acetic acid
BH3-THF = borane-tetrahydrofuran complex
Bn = benzyl
BOC = .ert-butoxycarbonyl ButLi = butyl lithium
Bzl = benzyl ether
Cat. = catalytic amount
CH2C12 = dichloromethane
CH3CN = acetonitrile CH3I = iodomethane
CHN analysis = carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen elemental analysis
CHNCl analysis = carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen/chlorine elemental analysis
CHNS analysis = carbon/hydrogen/nitrogen/sulfur elemental analysis
DCC = 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DIBAL = diisobutylaluminum hydride
DIEA = diisopropylethylamine
DMA = N,N-dimethylacetamide
DMAP = 4-(N,N-dimethylamino)pyridine
DMF = N,N-dimethylformamide DSC = disuccinyl carbonate
EDCl = l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
Equiv = equivalence
Et = ethyl
Et20 = diethyl ether Et3N = triethylamine
EtOAc = ethyl acetate
EtOH = ethanol
FAB MS = fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy g = gram(s) GIHA = etα-guanidinohippuric acid
GIHA HC1 = meta-guanidinohippuric acid hydrochloride
HBTU = 2-(lH-benzotriazole-l-yl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
HPLC = high performance liquid chromatography IBCF = isobutylchloroformate i-Pr = iso propyl i-Prop = iso propyl
K2CO3 = potassium carbonate
KOH = potassium hydroxide
KSCN = potassium thiocyanate
LiOH = lithium hydroxide
MBHA = methoxybenzhydrylamine MCPBA = m-chloroperoxybenzoic acid or m-chloroperbenzoic acid
Me = methyl
MeOH = methanol
MesCl = methanesulfonylchloride mg = milligram(s) MgS04 = magnesium sulfate ml or mL = milliliter(s)
MS = mass spectroscopy
N2 = nitrogen
NaCNBHβ = sodium cyanoborohydride NaH - sodium hydride
NaHCOβ = sodium bicarbonate
NaOH = sodium hydroxide
Na2Pθ4 = sodium phosphate
Na2S04 = sodium sulfate NEt3 = triethylamine
NH4HCO3 = ammonium bicarbonate
NH4+HC02- = ammonium formate
NMM = N-methylmorpholine
NMR = nuclear magnetic resonance RPHPLC = reverse phase high performance liquid chromatography
RT = room temperature
OBzl = benzyl ester
Pd/C = palladium on carbon
Ph = phenyl Pt/C = platinum on carbon t-BOC = tert-butoxycarbonyl
TBTU = 2-Cl-H-benzotriazole-lyl)-l,l,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoro- borate
TFA = trifluoroacetic acid THF = tetrahydrofuran
TMEDA = trimethylethylenediamine
TMS = trimethylsilyl ul or μl = microliter(s)
Δ = heating the reaction mixture
The following is a list of definitions of various terms used herein:
The terms "chemical ligation" and "conjugation" mean a chemical reaction which covalently links two similar or dissimilar functional groups together intramolecularly or intermolecularly.
The term "peptide linker' means a compound which forms a carboxamide bond between two groups having one or more peptide linkages (CONH-) and serves as a connector for the propose of amelioration of the distance or space orientation between two molecules.
The term "multi-functional bioconjugate" means organic compounds consisting of two or more different types of biomolecules and at least one of the biomolecules has more than one copy of a specific structural or functional moiety.
The term "peptide" means organic compounds consisting of two or more aminoacyl residues covalently linked by carboxamide functional groups.
The term "polypeptide" means organic compounds consisting of more than two aminoacyl residues linked by carboxamide functional groups.
The terms " vβ3", "avb3", "avb3", and "alpha v beta 3" are used interchangeably.
The term "avb3 precursor" means a compound, separately or in combination with a linker, is an avb3 antagonist which can be conjugated to other small molecules, peptides, or polypeptides to form an avb3 bioconjugate.
The term "avb3 bioconjugate" means a molecule composed of one or more avb3 antagonists fused directly, or indirectly through a linker to one or more other small molecules, peptides, or polypeptides, that retains avb3 antagonist activity.
The term "multi-functional protein" means a single polypeptide which inherently possesses two distinct activities. In the context of the current invention, anti-angiogenic and/or anti-tumor activities are contemplated. The polypeptide can be formed by the covalent union of two distinct proteins or portions thereof, or two copies of the same protein, or portions thereof.
The term "anti-tumor" means possessing an activity which slows or abolishes the growth of, or which kills, or otherwise harms tumors in vivo.
The term "ligand" means a molecule that binds to a receptor to initiate (agonist) or block (antagonist) a response. Ligands may be small natural or synthetic molecules (e.g., neurotransmitters and their analogues) or may be large proteins or protein nucleic acid associates (e.g., viruses).
The term "receptor" means a component of a cell that interacts specifically with (receives) other molecules and, in appropriate combination, initiates a biological response. Receptors may be protein, lipid, nucleic acid, or carbohydrate. The possess the fundamental property, when combined with the appropriate ligand, of expressing the information content of the receptor or the ligand.
The term "endogenous" means a cellular component that interacts with a specific receptor. The term "endogenous ligand" describes cellular molecules that interact with receptors that may have been defined earlier by synthetic or other approaches. A classic example is the discovery of endogenous opioid peptides for the opiate receptor.
The term "native sequence" refers to an amino acid or nucleic acid sequence which is identical to a wild-type or native form of a gene or protein.
The terms "mutant amino acid sequence," "mutant protein", "variant protein", "mutein", or "mutant polypeptide" refer to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which varies from a native sequence due to amino acid additions, deletions, substitutions, or all three, or is encoded by a nucleotide sequence from an intentionally-made variant derived from a native sequence.
The term "interferon" includes one of a group of species specific proteins which will induce antiviral and anti-proliferative responses in cells including type I interferon, type I interferon variants, interferon alpha 2a, interferon alpha 2b, interferon alpha hybrid A/D, consensus interferon, functional homologues thereof, and those encoded by a DNA sequences related to those in SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO: 20, and SEQ ID NO: 22.
The term "composition" as used herein means a product which results from the mixing or combining of more than one element or ingredient.
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable carrier", as used herein means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a chemical agent.
The term "therapeutically-effective amount" means that amount of drug or pharmaceutical agent that elicits the biological or medical response of a tissue, system or animal that is being sought by a researcher or clinician.
As used herein, the terms "alkyl" and "lower alkyl", refer to a straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having 1 to about 10 carbon atoms, and 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, respectively. Examples of such alkyl radicals and lower alkyl radicals are methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, and the like.
As used herein the terms "alkenyl" or "lower alkenyl", refer to unsaturated acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing at least one double bond and 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, respectively, which carbon-carbon double bond may have either cis or trans geometry within the alkenyl moiety, relative to groups substituted on the double bond carbons. Examples of such groups are ethenyl, propenyl, butenyl, isobutenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, and the like.
As used herein the terms "alkynyl" or "lower alkynyl", refer to acyclic hydrocarbon radicals containing one or more triple bonds and 2 to about 10 carbon atoms, and 2 to about 6 carbon atoms, respectively. Examples of such groups are ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, octynyl, nonynyl, decynyl, and the like.
The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein means saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic radicals containing 3 to about 8 carbon atoms and more preferably 4 to about 6 carbon atoms. Examples of such cycloalkyl radicals include cyclopropyl, cyclopropenyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 2-cyclohexen-l-yl, and the like.
The term "aryl" as used herein denotes aromatic ring systems composed of one or more aromatic rings. Preferred aryl groups are those consisting of one, two or three aromatic rings. The term embraces aromatic radicals such as phenyl, pyridyl, naphthyl, thiophene, furan, biphenyl and the like.
As used herein, the term "cyano" is represented by a radical of the formula
-CN.
The terms "hydroxy" and "hydroxyl" as used herein are synonymous and are represented by a radical of the formula -OH.
The term "lower alkylene" or "alkylene" as used herein refers to divalent linear or branched saturated hydrocarbon radicals of 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
As used herein the term "alkoxy" refers to straight or branched chain oxy containing radicals of the formula -OR20, wherein R20 is an alkyl group as defined above. Examples of alkoxy groups encompassed include methoxy, ethoxy, n- propoxy, n-butoxy, isopropoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, t-butoxy, octyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, and the like.
As used herein the terms "arylalkyl" or "aralkyl" refer to a radical of the formula -R22-R21 wherein R21 is aryl as defined above and R22 is an alkylene as defined above. Examples of aralkyl groups include benzyl, pyridylmethyl, naphthylpropyl, phenethyl and the like.
As used herein the term "nitro" is represented by a radical of the formula -N02.
As used herein the term "halogen" refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro, or iodo.
As used herein the term "haloalkyl" refers to alkyl groups as defined above substituted with one or more of the same or different halo groups at one or more carbon atom. Examples of haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl, dichloroethyl, fluoropropyl and the like.
As used herein the term "carboxyl" or "carboxy" refers to a radical of the formula -COOH.
As used herein the term "carboxyl ester" refers to a radical of the formula -COOR23 wherein R23 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "carboxyl derivative" refers to a radical of the formula -C=Y6-Y,R23 wherein Y6 and Y7 are independently selected from the group consisting of O, N or S and R23 is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "amino" is represented by a radical of the formula -NH,
As used herein the terms "alkylsulfonyl," "alkylsulfone," "alkenylsulfonyl,"
"alkenylfone," "alkynylsulfonyl," "alkynylsulfone", refer to a radical of the formula -S02-R24 wherein R24 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, as defined above.
As used herein the terms "alkylthio," "alkenylthio," "alkynylthio," refers to a radical of the formula -SR24 wherein R24 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "sulfonic acid" refers to a radical of the formula -S02-R25 wherein R25 is H, alkyl or aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "sulfonamide" refers to a radical of the formula -S02-NR7R8 wherein R7 and R8 are as defined above.
As used herein the term "fused aryl" refers to an aromatic ring such as the aryl groups defined above fused to one or more phenyl rings. Embraced by the term "fused aryl" is the radical naphthyl.
As used herein the terms "monocyclic heterocycle" or "monocyclic heterocyclic" refer to a monocyclic ring containing from 4 to about 12 atoms, and more preferably from 5 to about 10 atoms, wherein 1 to 3 of the atoms are heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur with the understanding that if two or more different heteroatoms are present at least one of the heteroatoms must be nitrogen. Representative of such monocyclic heterocycles are imidazole, furan, pyridine, oxazole, pyran, triazole, thiophene, pyrazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, and the like.
As used herein the term "fused monocyclic heterocycle" refers to a monocyclic heterocycle as defined above with a benzene fused thereto. Examples of such fused monocyclic heterocycles include benzofuran, benzopyran, benzodioxole, benzothiazole, benzothiophene, benzimidazole and the like.
As used herein the term "methylenedioxy" refers to the radical -OCH20- and the term "ethylenedioxy" refers to the radical -OCH2CH20-.
As used herein the term "4-12 membered dinitrogen containing heterocycle refers to a radical of the formula
wherein m is 1 or 2 and R19 is H, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or aralkyl, and X is H or halide. More preferably the term refers to a 4-9 membered ring and includes rings such as imidazoline.
As used herein the term "5-membered optionally substituted heteroaromatic ring" includes for example a radical of the formula
and "5-membered heteroaromatic ring fused with a phenyl" refers to such a "5- membered heteroaromatic ring" with a phenyl fused thereto. Representative of such 5-membered heteroaromatic rings fused with a phenyl is benzimidazole.
As used herein the term "bicycloalkyl" refers to a bicyclic hydrocarbon radical containing 6 to about 12 carbon atoms which is saturated or partially unsaturated.
As used herein the term "acyl" refers to a radical of the formula -COR26 wherein R26 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl or aralkyl and optionally substituted thereon as defined above. Encompassed by such radical are the groups acetyl, benzoyl and the like.
As used herein the terms "thio" and "mercapto" refer to a radical of the formula -SH.
As used herein the term "sulfonyl" refers to a radical of the formula -S02R27 wherein R27 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or aralkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "haloalkylthio" refers to a radical of the formula -SR28 wherein R28 is haloalkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "aryloxy" refers to a radical of the formula -OR29 wherein R is aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "acylamino" refers to a radical of the formula
R30CONH- wherein R30 is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkyl or aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "amido" refers to a radical of the formula -CONH2.
As used herein the term "alkylamino" refers to a radical of the formula - NHR32 wherein R32 is alkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "dialkylamino" refers to a radical of the formula - NR33R34 wherein R33 and R34 are the same or different alkyl groups as defined above.
As used herein the term "trifluoromethyl" refers to a radical of the formula
-CF,.
As used herein the term "trifluoroalkoxy" refers to a radical of the formula F3C-R35-0- wherein R35 is a bond or an alkylene group as defined above.
As used herein the term "alkylaminosulfonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R36-NH-S02- wherein R36 is alkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "alkylsulfonylamino" refers to a radical of the formula R36-S02-NH- wherein R36 is alkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "trifluoromethylthio" refers to a radical of the formula F3C-S-.
As used herein the term "trifluoromethylsulfonyl" refers to a radical of the formula F3C-S02-.
As used herein the term "4-12 membered mono-nitrogen-containing monocyclic or bicyclic ring" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated monocyclic or bicyclic ring of 4-12 atoms and more preferably a ring of 4-9 atoms wherein one atom is nitrogen. Such rings may optionally contain additional heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur. Included within this group are morpholine, piperidine, piperazine, thiomorpholine, pyrrolidine, proline, azacycloheptene and the like.
As used herein the term "benzyl" refers to the radical -CH2-Ph.
As used herein the term "phenethyl" refers to the radical -CH2CH2-Ph.
As used herein the term "4-12 membered mono-nitrogen-containing monosulfur- or monooxygen-containing heterocyclic ring" refers to a ring of 4 to about 12 atoms, and more preferably 4 to about 9 atoms wherein at least one atom is a nitrogen and at least one atom is oxygen or sulfur. Encompassed within this definition are rings such as thiazoline and the like.
As used herein the term "arylsulfonyl" or "arylsulfone" refers to a radical of the formula R37-S02- wherein R37 is aryl as defined above.
As used herein the terms "alkylsulfoxide" or "arylsulfoxide" refer to radicals of the formula R38-SO- wherein R38 is, respectively, alkyl or aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "phosphonic acid derivative" refers to a radical of the formula -P=0(-OR39)-OR4° wherein R39 and R40 are the same or different H, alkyl, aryl or aralkyl.
As used herein the term "phosphinic acid derivatives" refers to a radical of the formula -P=0(-H)-OR41 wherein R41 is H, alkyl, aryl or aralkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "arylthio" refers to a radical of the formula -SR42 wherein R42 is aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "monocyclic heterocycle thio" refers to a radical of the formula -SR43 wherein R43 is a monocyclic heterocycle radical as defined above.
As used herein the terms "monocyclic heterocycle sulfoxide" and
"monocyclic heterocycle sulfone" refer, respectively, to radicals of the formula -SO-R43 and -S02-R43 wherein R43 is a monocyclic heterocycle radical as defined above.
As used herein the term "alkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R50-CO- wherein R50 is alkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "arylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R5!-CO- wherein R51 is aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "alkoxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R52-CO- wherein R52 is alkoxy as defined above.
As used herein the term "aryloxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula
R51-0-CO- wherein R51 is aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "haloalkylcarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R53-CO- wherein R53 is haloalkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "haloalkoxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula Ro -0-CO- wherein R53 is haloalkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "alkylthiocarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R50-S-CO- wherein R50 is alkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "arylthiocarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R5I-S-CO- wherein Ro1 is aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "acyloxymethoxycarbonyl" refers to a radical of the formula R^-O-CHj-CO- wherein R54 is acyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "arylamino" refers to a radical of the formula R51-NH- wherein R51 is aryl as defined above.
As used herein the term "polyalkylether" refers to commonly used glycols such as triethyleneglycol, tetraethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol and the like.
As used herein the term "alkylamido" refers to a radical of the formula R50-NH-CO- wherein R50 is alkyl as defined above.
As used herein the term "N,N-dialkylamido" refers to a radical of the formula (R50)2-N-CO- wherein R50 is the same or different alkyl group as defined above.
As used herein the term "pivaloyloxymethyl" refers to a radical of the formula (Me)3C-CO-0-CH2-.
As used herein the term "acyloxy" refers to a radical of the formula R55-0- wherein R55 is acyl as defined above.
The compounds as shown in the present invention can exist in various isomeric forms and all such isomeric forms are meant to be included. Tautomeric forms are also included as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such isomers and tautomers.
In the structures and formulas herein, a bond drawn across a bond of a ring can be to any available atom on the ring.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt prepared by contacting a compound of an avb3 precursor or an avb3 bioconjugate with an acid whose anion is generally considered suitable for human consumption. Examples of pharmacologically acceptable salts include the hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, sulfate, phosphate, acetate, propionate, lactate, maleate, malate, succinate, tartrate salts and the like. All of the pharmacologically acceptable salts
may be prepared by conventional means. See Berge et al., (J Pharm. Sci., 66(1): 1- 19, 1977) for additional examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
For the selective inhibition or antagonism of avb3 integrins, a compound of the present invention can be administered orally, parenterally, or by inhalation spray, or topically in unit dosage formulations containing conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles. The term parenteral as used herein includes, for example, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intrasternal, infusion techniques or intraperitonally. See Wong and Parasrampuria [Biopharm 10(11): 52-61 1997) for a current review of pharmaceutical excipients for the stabilization of proteins. See D.W. Osborne and J.J. Henke (Pharmaceutical Technology 21(11): 58-67, 1997) for an extensive list of chemical compounds used as skin penetration enhancers.
A compound of the present invention is administered by any suitable route in the form of a pharmaceutical composition adapted to such a route, and in a dose effective for the treatment intended. Therapeutically effective doses of a compound required to prevent or arrest the progress of or to treat the medical condition are readily ascertained by one of ordinary skill in the art using preclinical and clinical approaches familiar to the medicinal arts.
Accordingly, the present invention provides a method of treating conditions mediated by selectively inhibiting or antagonizing the avb3 cell surface receptor which method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound selected from the class of compounds depicted herein as avb3 precursors or avb3 bioconjugates, wherein one or more these compounds is administered in association with one or more non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and or diluents and/or adjuvants (collectively referred to herein as "carrier" materials) and if desired other active ingredients. The use of multiple administrations is particularly contemplated.
More specifically, the present invention provides a method for inhibition of the avb3 cell surface receptor. Most preferably the present invention provides a method for one or more of the following: inhibiting bone resorption, treating osteoporosis, inhibiting humoral hypercalcemia of malignancy, treating Paget's disease, inhibiting tumor metastasis, inhibiting neoplasia (solid tumor growth), inhibiting angiogenesis including tumor angiogenesis, treating diabetic retinopathy, inhibiting arthritis, psoriasis and periodontal disease, and inhibiting smooth muscle cell migration including restenosis.
The general synthetic sequences for preparing the compounds useful in the present invention are outlined in Scheme I. Both an explanation of, and the actual procedures for, the various aspects of the present invention are described where appropriate. The following Schemes and Examples are intended to be merely illustrative of the present invention, and not limiting thereof in either scope or spirit. Those with skill in the art will readily understand that known variations of the conditions and processes described in the Schemes and Examples can be used to synthesize the compounds of the present invention.
Unless otherwise indicated all starting materials and equipment employed were commercially available.
Scheme 1: Synthesis of dual aυ 3-interferon bioconjugates
Peptides conjugated to a resin are covalently coupled to an avbβ antagonist- linker and ligated to the reduced form of Cys-interferon alpha. The bioconjugate is then released from the resin, refolded, and purified to homogeneity. One general scheme for the production of bioconjugates of the present invention is shown below.
Boc-NH-a.a.C=0-S-CH2CH2-CONH-Resin
JJ TFA
NH2-a.a.C=0-S-CH2CH2-CONH-Resin
U linker, avbβ antagonist precursor
avba antagonist-linker-a.a.C--0-S-CH2CH2-CONH-Resin
U HF
avb antagonist-linker-a.a.-C=0-S-CH2CH2-CONH2 t s-
+NH3 -CH-CO-interferon α (Cys interferon , reduced form)
avb3 antagonist-linker-a.a.-C=0- NH-CH(SH)-CO-interferon α
(avbβ antagonist-linker Cys interferon α, reduced form)
U refolding, purification
avb3 antagonist-linker Cys interferon
Detailed Description of the Invention
The present invention encompasses bioconjugates which inherently possess two distinct activities. Bioconjugates with multi-functional a b3 receptor antagonist/metastasis receptor-associated ligand activities are contemplated. In the context of this invention, anti-angiogenic or anti-tumor activities, or both, are contemplated. A contemplated bioconjugate can be formed by the covalent union of two distinct moieties, such as a small chemical and a polypeptide. Each of these distinct moieties may act through a different and specific cell receptor to initiate complementary biological activities.
Bioconjugates can also be formed by the covalent union of a small chemical and a peptide, a peptide and a polypeptide, two distinct polypeptides, two distinct peptides, and two distinct small molecules, provided that one of the two moieties alone or in combination with the other moiety possesses avb3 antagonist activity, are also contemplated by this invention. Peptides in this sense are comprised of two to about 10 amino acid residues. Polypeptides are larger, comprised of from about 11 to about 500 amino acid residues.
Bioconjugates containing more than one copy of a moiety, achieved through the covalent attachment of more than one copy of that moiety to itself and then to the other moiety, or by covalent attachment of more than one copy of that moiety to the other moiety at multiple sites, are also contemplated by this invention.
The present invention relates to bioconjugates comprising one or more a bβ antagonist moieties coupled to an amide or to a metastasis-associated receptor ligand by a covalent bond or by a linear or branched linker. An avb3 bioconjugate can be composed of a small chemical moiety linked to a polypeptide moiety, for example, (A1-L1-R1-T1) preferably has a polypeptide moiety (T1) with a different but complementary activity than the small chemical moiety (A1). Complementary activity is meant to be activity which enhances or changes the response to another cell modulator.
Compounds contemplated by this invention are represented by the following group formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII consisting of:
Formula class Formula
Ai-LLRLTi
II (Ai-Li)2R2-R1-Ti
III ((Ai-Li)2R -R3)2R2-R1-Ti
IV (((Ai-L1)2R6-R5)2R -R )2R2-R1-Ti
(Ai-Li)2R4-R -[Ai-Li-]R -Ri-Ti
VI (Ai-Li)2R6-R5-[Ai-Li-]R -R -[Ai-Li-]R2-Ri-Ti
VII (Ai-Li)2R8-R7-[Ai-Li-]R6-R5-[Ai-Li-]R4-R -[Ai-Li-]R -Ri-Ti
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
A1 separately or in combination with L1 is an avb3 antagonist,
T1 is selected from the group consisting of metastasis-associated receptor ligands and amides,
L1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds A1 to R2, R4, R6, or R8,
R2, R4, R6, and R8 are branched linkers,
R3, R5, and R7 are covalent bonds or linkers that covalently bond R2 to R4, R4 to R«, and R6 to R8, respectfully, and
R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1.
Preferably, T1 is a polypeptide. More preferably, the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of natural cytokines, synthetic cytokines, and anti-angiogenic proteins. Most preferably, the polypeptide is interferon alpha.
Additionally, this invention encompasses the use of modified T1 molecules or mutated or modified DNA sequences encoding these molecules. The present invention also includes bioconjugates in which T1 is a variant.
Preferably R2, R4, R6, and R8 are branched linkers. More preferably the branched linker is lysine.
Preferably R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1 and R1 is selected from the group consisting of peptides and amino-alkyl carboxylic acids.
The polypeptide can be joined either directly or through a linker segment to the small chemical moiety. The term "directly" defines bioconjugates in which the polypeptide is joined without a linker. Thus L1 represents a chemical bond or a linker, preferably a polypeptide segment to which both A1 and T1 are joined in a structure represented by the formula I, A1-L1-R1-T1, for example, where R1 is a chemical bond. Most commonly L1 is a linear peptide in which A1 and L1 are joined by amide bonds, linking A1 to the amino-terminus of L1 and carboxy-terminus of L1 to the amino terminus of T1. Compounds of the formulas A1-T1, Η-L -A1, and T1- A1 are also contemplated. The foregoing discussion applies equally to R1 and when R1 is a linking group.
The linking groups (L1 and R1 ) are generally polypeptides of between 1 and 500 amino acid residues in length. More preferably, the peptide linker is a peptide ranging in length from 2 through 10 amino acids. The linkers joining the two molecules are preferably designed to (1) permit the two molecules to fold and act independently of each other, (2) being free of ordered secondary structure which could interfere with the functional domains of the two proteins, (3) can exhibit minimal hydrophobic characteristics that could interact with the functional domains of the linked moieties and (4) provide steric separation of A1 and T1 such that A1 and T1 can interact simultaneously with their corresponding receptors on a single cell. Typically, surface amino acids in flexible protein regions include Gly, Asn and Ser. Virtually any permutation of amino acid residue sequences containing Gly, Asn and Ser satisfies the above criteria for a linker sequence. Other neutral amino acids, such as Thr and Ala, can also be used in the linker sequence. Additional amino acids may also be included in the linkers due to the addition of unique restriction sites in the linker sequence to facilitate construction of the multi-functional proteins.
Other peptide, aliphatic, and alkyl linkers are also contemplated by the invention. These include linkers with the following formulas:
-CO-(aa)n-, such as -CO-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala-, and
-CONH-(CH2)n-CO-Ala-, such as -CONH-(CH2)5-CO-Ala-.
The present invention is, however, not limited by the form, size, or number of linker sequences employed. The only requirement of the linker is that it does not functionally interfere with the folding and function of the individual molecules of the multi-functional bioconjugate. Generally, however, each linker comprises four or more amino acid or carbon linking units.
Additional peptide sequences may also be added to facilitate purification or identification of bioconjugates (e.g., poly-His). A highly antigenic peptide may also be added that would enable rapid assay and facile purification of the bioconjugates by a specific monoclonal antibody.
Multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can exhibit useful properties such as having similar or greater biological activity when compared to a single factor or by having improved half-life or decreased adverse side effects, or a combination of these properties.
Multi-functional bioconjugates which have little or no activity are useful as antigens for the production of antibodies for use in immunology or immunotherapy, as genetic probes or as intermediates used to construct other useful bioconjugates.
Biological activity of the multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can be determined by tumor cell proliferation assays, endothelial cell proliferation assays, endothelial cell migration assays, endothelial cell tube formation assays, mouse corneal micro-pocket angiogenesis assays, and tumor growth assays. Syngeneic models of mouse tumor growth, such as the Lewis Lung carcinoma assay (Sugiura and Stock, Cancer Res. , 15: 38-51, 1955; O'Reilly et al., Cell (Cambridge, Mass) 79(2): 315-328, 1994), and xenograft models of human tumors in nude or SCID mice using human breast cancer, prostate carcinoma, or melanoma cell lines are also used (Price, Breast Cancer Research and Treatment, 39: 93-102, 1996; Sasaki et al., Can. Res. 55: 3551-3557, 1995; Pretlow et al, Can. Res. 51: 3814-3817, 1991 and Passaniti et al., Int. J. Cancer, 51: 318-324, 1992; Felding-Habermann et al., J. Clin. Invest., 89: 2018-2022, 1992).
The biological activity of individual moieties can be performed using specific assays. The antiviral activity of interferon, for example, can be carried out by titering the potency of interferon preparations on Madin Darby bovine kidney cells infected with vesicular stomatitis virus (Rubinstein et al., J. Virol. 37(2): 755-
758, 1981). The avb3 activity can be carried out using solid state binding assays.
The multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention may have an improved therapeutic profile as compared to single-acting anti-angiogenic or anti- tumor compounds or proteins. For example, some multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention may have a similar or more potent anti-tumor activity relative to other anti-tumor compounds or proteins without having a similar or corresponding increase in side-effects.
Therapeutic targets
The multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention are useful in the treatment of angiogenic-mediated diseases such as cancer, diabetic retinopathy, and macular degeneration. Among the cancers susceptible to treatment with the polypeptides of the present invention are lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, melanoma, hepatoma, sarcoma, and lymphoma.
The present invention provides an improvement to the existing methods of treating solid tumors, in that it provides a process utilizing multi-functional bioconjugates that have improved biological activities. Therapeutic treatment of tumors with these multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can avoid undesirable side effects caused by treatment with presently available drugs. The treatment of solid tumors can include administration of a pharmaceutical composition containing the multi-functional bioconjugates to a patient.
Formulation and dosing
Other aspects of the present invention are methods and therapeutic compositions for treating the conditions referred to above. Such compositions comprise a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The compositions can also be admixtures containing adjunctive agents, such as chemotherapeutic or immunotherapeutic agents. This composition can be administered either parenterally, intravenously, or subcutaneously. Other routes of administration are also contemplated, including intranasal and transdermal routes, and by inhalation. When administered, the therapeutic composition for use in this invention is preferably in the form of a pyrogen-free, parenterally-acceptable aqueous solution. The preparation of such a parenterally- acceptable protein solution, having due regard to pH, isotonicity, stability and the like, is within the skill of the art.
Based upon standard laboratory techniques and procedures well known and appreciated by those skilled in the art, as well as comparisons with compounds of known usefulness, the compounds depicted herein as avb3 precursors or avb3 bioconjugates can be used in the treatment of patients suffering from the above pathological conditions. One skilled in the art will recognize that selection of the
most appropriate compound of the invention is within the ability of one with ordinary skill in the art and depend on a variety of factors including assessment of results obtained in standard assay and animal models.
Treatment of a patient afflicted with one of the pathological conditions comprises administering to such a patient an amount of compound any of the formulas I- VII which is therapeutically effective in controlling the condition or in prolonging the survivability of the patient beyond that expected in the absence of such treatment. As used herein, the term "inhibition" of the condition refers to slowing, interrupting, arresting, or stopping the condition and does not necessarily indicate a total elimination of the condition. It is believed that prolonging the survivability of a patient, beyond being a significant advantageous effect in and of itself, also indicates that the condition is beneficially controlled to some extent.
As stated previously, a compound of the present invention can be used in a variety of biological, prophylactic, or therapeutic areas. It is contemplated that these compounds are useful in prevention or treatment of any disease state or condition wherein the avb3 integrin plays a role.
The dosage regimen for the compounds and/or compositions containing the compounds is based on a variety of factors, including the type, age, weight, sex and medical condition of the patient; the severity of the condition; the route of administration; and the activity of the particular compound employed. Thus the dosage regimen may vary widely. Dosage levels of the order from about 0.01 mg to about 100 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are useful in the treatment of the above-indicated conditions.
The active ingredient administered by injection is formulated as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a suitable carrier. A suitable daily dose would typically be about 0.01 to 10 mg/kg body weight injected per day in multiple doses depending on the factors listed above.
For administration to a mammal in need of such treatment, the compounds in a therapeutically effective amount are ordinarily combined with one or more excipients appropriate to the indicated route of administration. The compounds may be admixed with lactose, sucrose, starch powder, cellulose esters of alkanoic acids, cellulose alkyl esters, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, magnesium oxide, sodium and calcium salts of phosphoric and sulphuric acids, gelatin, acacia, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or polyvinyl alcohol, and tableted or
encapsulated for convenient administration. Alternatively, a compound can be dissolved in water, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, ethanol, corn oil, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, sesame oil, benzyl alcohol, sodium chloride, and/or various buffers. Other excipients and modes of administration are well and widely known in the pharmaceutical art.
The pharmaceutical compositions useful in the present invention may be subjected to conventional pharmaceutical operations such as sterilization and/or may contain conventional pharmaceutical adjuvants such as preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, buffers, and the like.
The dosage regimen involved in a method for treating the above-described conditions will be determined by the attending physician considering various factors which modify the action of drugs, e.g., the condition, body weight, sex, and diet of the patient, the severity of any infection, time of administration and other clinical factors. Generally, a daily regimen may be about 10 μg/kg of multi- functional bioconjugates per kilogram of body weight. Dosages would be adjusted relative to the activity of a given multi-functional bioconjugates and it would not be unreasonable to note that dosage regimens may include doses as low as 0.1 microgram and as high as 100 milligrams per kilogram of body weight per day.
In addition, there may exist specific circumstances where dosages of multi- functional bioconjugates would be adjusted higher or lower than the range of 0.2 - 100,000 micrograms per kilogram of body weight. These include co-administration with other anti-angiogenic or antitumor proteins or variants; co-administration with adjunctive agents such as chemotherapeutic or immunotherapeutic agents, co-administration with chemotherapeutic drugs and/or radiation; the use of glycosylated multi-functional bioconjugates; and various patient-related issues mentioned earlier in this section. As indicated above, the therapeutic method and compositions may also include co-administration with other human anti-tumor proteins, compounds, or bioconjugates.
A non-exclusive list of other appropriate anti-angiogenic or anti-tumor agents or treatments includes chemotherapy, radiation therapy, hormonal therapy, or interleukin-2, or combinations thereof. The dosage recited above would be adjusted to compensate for such additional components in the therapeutic composition.
Cloning and expression of genes encoding multi-functional bioconjugates
The present invention also includes the DNA sequences which code for the protein portions of multi-functional bioconjugates, DNA sequences which are substantially similar and perform substantially the same function, and DNA sequences which differ from the DNAs encoding the protein portions of multifunctional bioconjugates of the invention only due to the degeneracy of the genetic code. Also included in the present invention are the oligonucleotide intermediates used to construct the mutant DNAs and the polypeptides coded for by these oligonucleotides.
Genetic engineering techniques now standard in the art (United States Patent 4,935,233 and Sambrook et al., "Molecular Cloning A Laboratory Manual", Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1989) may be used in the construction of the DNA sequences of the present invention. One such method is cassette mutagenesis (Wells et al., Gene 34:315-323, 1985) in which a portion of the coding sequence in a plasmid is replaced with synthetic oligonucleotides that encode the desired amino acid substitutions in a portion of the gene between two restriction sites.
Pairs of complementary synthetic oligonucleotides encoding the desired gene can be made and annealed to each other. The DNA sequence of the oligonucleotide would encode sequence for amino acids of desired gene with the exception of those substituted and/or deleted from the sequence.
Plasmid DNA can be treated with the chosen restriction endonucleases then ligated to the annealed oligonucleotides. The ligated mixtures can be used to transform competent E. coli cells to resistance to an appropriate antibiotic. Single colonies can be picked and the plasmid DNA examined by restriction analysis and/or DNA sequencing to identify plasmids with the desired genes.
Cloning of DNA sequences encoding the polypeptide component of these multi-functional bioconjugates may be accomplished by the use of intermediate vectors. Alternatively, one gene can be cloned directly into a vector containing the other gene. Linkers and adapters can be used for joining the DNA sequences, as well as replacing lost sequences, where a restriction site was internal to the region of interest. Thus genetic material (DNA) encoding one polypeptide, peptide linker, and the other polypeptide is inserted into a suitable expression vector which is used to transform bacteria, yeast, insect cells or mammalian cells. The transformed organism or cell line is grown and the protein isolated by standard
techniques. The resulting product is therefore a new protein which has all or a portion of one protein joined by a linker region to all or a portion of second protein.
Another aspect of the present invention includes plasmid DNA vectors for use in the expression of the polypeptide component of these multi-functional bioconjugates. These vectors contain the novel DNA sequences described above which code for the novel polypeptides of the invention. Appropriate vectors which can transform microorganisms or cell lines capable of expressing the polypeptide component of these novel multi-functional bioconjugates include expression vectors comprising nucleotide sequences coding for the polypeptide component of these novel multi-functional bioconjugates joined to transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences which are selected according to the host cells used.
Vectors incorporating modified sequences as described above are included in the present invention and are useful in the production of the protein component of these multi-functional bioconjugates. The vector employed in the method also contains selected regulatory sequences in operative association with the DNA coding sequences of the invention and which are capable of directing the replication and expression thereof in selected host cells.
A method for producing the polypeptide component of these multifunctional bioconjugates is another aspect of the present invention. A method of the present invention comprises culturing suitable cells or cell lines, which have been transformed with a vector containing a DNA sequence coding for expression of the protein portion of a novel multi-functional bioconjugate. Suitable cells or cell lines can be bacterial cells. For example, the various strains of E. coli are well- known as host cells in the field of biotechnology. Examples of such strains include E. coli strains JM101 (Yanisch-Perron et al., Gene 33: 103-119, 1985) and MON105 (Obukowicz et al., Applied Environmental Microbiology 58: 1511-1523, 1992). Commercially-available strains such as DH5 alpha and DH10B (from Life Technologies, Inc., Rockville, MD) may also be used. Also included in the present invention is the expression of the protein portion of a novel multi-functional bioconjugate utilizing a chromosomal expression vector for E. coli based on the bacteriophage Mu (Weinberg et al., Gene 126: 25-33, 1993). Various strains of B. subtilis can also be employed in this method. Many strains of yeast cells known to those skilled in the art are also available as host cells for expression of the polypeptides of the present invention.
When expressed in the E. coli cytoplasm, the gene encoding the protein component of these multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention can
also be constructed such that at the 5' end of the gene codons are added to encode Met-2-Ala-1, Met-2-Ser1, Met^-Cys-1, or Met-1 at the N-terminus of the protein. The N-termini of proteins made in the cytoplasm of E. coli are affected by post- translational processing by methionine aminopeptidase (Ben Bassat et al., J. Bacteriol. 169:751-757, 1987) and possibly by other peptidases so that upon expression the methionine is cleaved off the N-terminus. The polypeptide component of these multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention may include polypeptides having Met 1, Ala-1, Ser1, Cys 1, Met-2-Ala-1, Met-2-Ser1, or Met-2-Cys 1 at the N-terminus. These polypeptides may also be expressed in E. coli by fusing a secretion signal peptide to the N-terminus. This signal peptide is cleaved from the polypeptide as part of the secretion process.
The following examples illustrate the invention in greater detail although it is understood that the invention is not limited to these specific examples. Various other examples will be apparent to the person skilled in the art after reading the present disclosure without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. It is intended that all such other examples be included within the scope of the appended claims.
Materials and Methods
Example 1: Preparation of free form ofaυb3 antagonists
General methods
Free forms of avb3 antagonists (precursors) were prepared by the solid phase method using FMOC chemistry. When completed, avbβ precursors were released from the solid support with trifluoroacetic acid treatment followed by reversed phase HPLC.
General procedure for the preparation of chimeric α-63 antagonist interferon- alpha
Avbβ antagonists was prepared as thioesters as described (H. Hojo and S. Aimoto, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 64: 111, 1991; L.E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 118: 5891, 1996).
Boc-Ala-S-CH2CH2COOH was prepared and coupled on methylbenzhydryl- amine resin (Peptide International, Louisville, KY) as described (H. Hojo and S. Aimoto, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn. 64: 111, 1991). After deprotection with 50%
triflouroacetic acid in methylene chloride (2 X 1 min, 1 X 30 min) the remaining amino acid residue and the N-terminal arginine analog was attached on the solid support by N,N'-diisoproplycarbodiimide/l-hydroxybenzotriazole) as coupling agent as described by L. Zhang and J. P. Tarn, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 2363, 1997).
After cleavage from the solid support with HF/anisole (9/1) at 0°C for 1 hour avb3 thioester was extracted with 10% acetic acid and purified by C18- reversed phase HPLC. A 0.05 % triflouroacetic acid (with 0 to 40% acetonitrile) linear gradient was used as the eluted solvent. The structure was verified by mass spectrometry and amino acid composition analysis.
The purified avb3 antagonist thioester was conjugated with amino acids 1-5 of interferon-alpha using an orthogonal coupling method (J.P. Tam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 92: 12485, 1995). The avb3 thioester was reacted with proteins or peptides containing a free N-terminal cysteine residue using a chemoselective method (P. E. Dawson et al., Science 266: 776, 1994). The bioconjugate was purified by reverse-phase HPLC or ionic exchange chromatography.
Example 2: Preparation of branched forms ofaυb3 antagonist interferon conjugates
Branched form ofavbβ antagonist interferon-alpha hybrid
A branched form of an avbβ antagonist interferon-alpha hybrid has been designed for increasing the potency and selectivity. Lysine branching method is adopted as general method described by Tam (J. P. Tam, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci USA 85: 5409, 1988). A typical example is that exemplified by formulas I-IV.
General procedures
Avb3 antagonists were prepared as thioesters as described (H. Hojo and S.
Aimoto, Bull Chem Soc. Jpn 64: 111, 1991; L. E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc: 118: 5891, 1996). Avbβ thioester was reacted with protein or peptide with free N- terminal cysteine residue by using chemoselective method (P. E. Dawson et al., Science 266: 776, 1994). The conjugate was purified by reversed phase HPLC or ionic exchange chromatography.
General procedure for preparation of multiple copy avb3 antagonist interferon conjugate
Boc-Ala-(3-thiopropionic acid) ester was coupled into benzylhydryl amine resin. Di-Boc-lysine is used as the branched amino acids. The amino acid residues of spacers and the RGD portion of the molecules, and di-Boc-lysine are coupled by the solid phase method. The arginine analog of the RGA moiety was coupled using TBTU as coupling agent. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys- interferon-alpha using the chemoselective method as described above.
Folding of avb3 antagonist interferon alpha bioconjugates was performed by cysteine/cystine disulfide exchange method (M.A. Siani et al., IBC 3rd Annual International Conference: Chemokines, Sept 1996, "Rapid modular synthesis of chemokines and analogues," available at http:// siani@gryphonsci.com/library/ chemokines/modsynthochemokines.htm). Zhang and J.P. Tam, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 119: 2363, 1997).
General procedure for the preparation of chimeric AvB3 antagonist interferon-a
Avbβ antagonists were prepared as thioesters as described (H. Hojo and S. Aimoto, Bull Chem Soc. Jpn 64: 111, 1991; L. E. Canne et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 118: 5891, 1996).
Boc-Ala-S-CH2CH2COOH was prepared and coupled on 4-methyl benzhydrylamine resin (Peptide International, Louisville, KY) as described (H. Hojo & S. Aimoro, 1991). After deprotection with 50% triflouroacetic acid in methylene chloride (2 X 1 min, 1 X 30 min) the remaining amino acid residues were attached on the solid support by N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide as coupling agent and the N-terminal arginine analog was coupled with TBTU as coupling agent.
After cleavage from the solid support with HF/anisole (9/1) at 0°C for 1 hour AvB3 thioester was extracted with 10% acetic acid and purified by C18 reversed phase HPLC. 0.05 % triflouroacetic acid (with 0 - 40% acetonitrile) linear gradient was used as the eluted solvent. The structure was verified by mass spectrometry and analysis of amino acid composition.
Avb3 thioesters were reacted with protein or peptide with free N-terminal cysteine residue by using chemoselective method (P. E. Dawson et al., Science 266:
776, 1994). The conjugate was purified by reversed phase HPLC or ionic exchange chromatography.
Compound 100 (Al-GDA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl alanyl thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described above. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 101 ((Al-GDSLA)2K-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
N,N'-di-[3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycyl-aspartyl seryl-leucyl- alanyl]- lysyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 102 ((Al-GDSGA)2K-AGAYGA-interferon alpha)
N,N'-di-[3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycyl-aspartyl seryl-glycyl-alanyl]- lysyl alanyl glycyl alanyl tyrosyl glycyl alanyl thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 103 ({[(Al-GDSLA)2K 2K}2K-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
N,N'-Di(N,N'-Di-(N,N'-di-[3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycyl-aspartyl seryl-leucyl-alanyl]- lysyl)}lysyl lysyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by
S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Example 2: Preparation of series 200 aυb3 antagonist-interferon alpha bioconjugates
Compound 201 (Al-GDS-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 202 (Al-GDS-GGGGAS-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3- thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the General methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al, in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 203 (Al-GDS-[GGGGAS -AGAGA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 204 (Al-GDS-[GGGGASh-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 205 (lAl-GDS-GGGGA)zK-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
N, N'-Di(3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl ] lysinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 206 ({lAl-GDS-GGGGAl2K}2K-AGAGA-inte ron alpha)
N, N'-Di (N, N'-Di(3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl- aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl] lysinyl) lysinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropioanmide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 207 (A2-GDS-AGAGA--interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl-2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1M sodium phosphate,
50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 208 (A2-GDS-GGGGAS-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 209 (A2-GDS-[GGGGASh-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 210 (A2-GDS-[GGGGAS -AGAGA-interferon alpha)
3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl serinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 211 ([A2-GDS-GGGGA)ϋK-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
N, N'-Di(3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl] lysinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 212 ({[A2-GDS-GGGGA K}2K-AGAGA-interferon alpha)
N, N'-Di (N, N'-Di(3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5- hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl serinyl glycyl glycyl glycyl glycyl alanyl ] lysinyl) lysinyl alanyl glycyl alanyl glycyl alanyl (3-thiopropionamide) thioester was prepared by the solid-phase method as described in the general methods. Interferon alpha in 6M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Example 3: Preparation of series 300 aυb3 antagonist-interferon alpha bioconjugates
General procedures
The basic structure of the alternative αvβ3 antagonist was fist assembled on Fmoc- Gly-Wang resin (From Novabiochem, San Diego, CA) using Fmoc-Lys(Boc) at each branched point. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA αvβ3 antagonist ligand and linker will be assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-alpha using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
Compound 301 (Al-GDSLΛ-Nc(Al-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-Nε(Al-GDSLA)Lys- GAGAG-interferon alpha)
Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly- Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA [(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2- pyrimidyDamino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate,
50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 302 (Al-GDSLA-Nε(Al-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-Nc(Al-GDSLA)Lys- GAGAG-Nε(Al-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-interferon alpha)
Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3- [(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate,
50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 303 (Al-GDSLA-Nε(Al-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-Nc(Al-GDSLA)Lys-
GAGAG Nε(Al-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-Nε(Al-GDSIΛ)Lys-GAGAG-interferon alpha)
Fmoc- Lys (Boc)-GAGAG Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)- GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-alpha using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate,
50 M sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 304 (A2-GDSLA-Nε(A2-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-Nε(A2-GDSLA)Lys- GAGAG-interferon alpha)
Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-
Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro — 5-hydroxyl) 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 305 (A2-GDSLA-Nε(A2-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-Nε(A2-GDSLΛ)Lys- GAGAG-Nε(A2-GDSIΛ)Lys-GAGAG-interferon alpha)
Fmoc-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl- aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys-interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate,
50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 306 (A2 GDSLA-Nε(A2 GDSLA)Lys GAGAG-Nε(A2-GDSLΛ)Lys-
GAGAG-Nε(A2-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-Nε(A2-GDSLA)Lys-GAGAG-inteφron alpha)
Fmoc- Lys (Boc)-GAGAG Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys (Boc)-GAGAG-Lys(Boc)-
GAGA was first assembled on Fmoc-Gly-Wang Resin stepwise by the solid phase method. After acid cleavage from the Wang Resin it is purified and then protected with t-Boc groups before coupling to the Ala-thioester resin. After deprotection with 50% TFA 3-[(l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-5-hydroxyl 2-pyrimidyl)amino 5-hydroxyl benzoyl glycycl-aspartyl seryl leucyl alanyl residues are then assembled stepwise as described previously. After cleavage by hydrogen fluoride the crude thioester was purified by reversed HPLC. The purified thioester was coupled with cys- interferon-a using the chemoselective method as described earlier.
Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 M sodium chloride, pH 8.2, was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation as described by S. Kent et al., in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Example 4: Preparation of series 400 avb3 antagonist-interferon
alpha bioconjugates
Compound 400 (Al-GDA-NH2)-X-A-interferon-alpha
3-[l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl]amino, 5-(succinylamino) benzoyl glycyl- aspartyl-alanyl amide (A1-GDA-NH2)-X was prepared by the solid phase method as described in the general methods. (Al-GDA-NH2)-X-alanyl thiopropionamide was prepared by the solid phase method using (A1-GDA-NH2)-X and Boc- alanylthiopropionic acid as starting materials. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride , 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2 was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation method as described by S. Kent et al. in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 401 [ (Al-GDA-NH2)Xh-K--A-interferon-alpha
3-[l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl]amino, 5-(succinylamino) benzoyl glycyl- aspartyl-alanyl amide (A1-GDA-NH2)-X was prepared by the solid phase method as described in the general methods. (Al-GDA-NH2)-X-alanyl thiopropionamide was prepared by the solid phase method using (Al-GDA-NH2)-X, di-Boc-lysine, and Boc-alanylthiopropionic acid as starting materials. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2 was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation method as described by S. Kent et al. in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 402 II (Al-GDA-NH2)X -K}2-K-X-A-inteφron-alpha
3-[l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl] amino, 5-(succinylamino) benzoyl glycyl- aspartyl-alanyl amide (A1-GDA-NH2)-X was prepared by the solid phase method as described in the general methods. (Al-GDA-NH2)-X-alanyl thiopropionamide was prepared by the solid phase method using (Al-GDA-NH2)-X, di-Boc-lysine, and Boc-alanylthiopropionic acid as starting materials. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2 was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation method as described by S. Kent et al. in WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Compound 403 (11 (Al-GDA-NH2)X -K}2K)2K-X-A-interferon-alpha
3-[l,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl]amino, 5-(succinylamino) benzoyl glycyl- aspartyl-alanyl amide (A1-GDA-NH2)-X was prepared by the solid phase method as described in the general methods. (Al-GDA-NH2)-X-alanyl thiopropionamide was prepared by the solid phase method using (A1-GDA-NH2)-X, di-Boc-lysine, and Boc-alanylthiopropionic acid as starting materials. Interferon alpha in 6 M guanidine hydrochloride, 0.1 M sodium phosphate, 50 mM sodium chloride, pH 8.2 was first reduced with dithiothreitol and then coupled with the thioester with native chemical ligation method as described by S. Kent et al. In WO 96/34878. Folding of the bioconjugate was performed as described above.
Example 5: Preparation of purified interferon for conjugation to aυb3 antagonists
General cloning methods
General methods of cloning, expressing, and characterizing proteins are found in T. Maniatis et al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1982, and references cited therein, incorporated herein by reference; and in J. Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning, A Laboratory Manual, 2nd edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1989, and references cited therein, incorporated herein by reference.
General methods describing the culture and biochemical analysis of cells, light microscopy and cell structure, and subcellular localization of genes and their products are found in D.L. Spector et al., Cells: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, 1998, and references cited therein, incorporated herein by reference.
Unless noted otherwise, all specialty chemicals were obtained from Sigma
(St. Louis, MO). Restriction endonucleases and T4 DNA ligase were obtained from New England Biolabs (Beverly, MA) or Boehringer Mannheim (Indianapolis, IN).
Transformation ofE. coli strains
E. coli strains (Table 1), such as DH5 ™ (Life Technologies, Gaithersburg, MD) and TGI (Amersham Corp., Arlington Heights, IL) are used for transformation of ligation reactions and are the hosts used to prepare plasmid
DNA for transfecting mammalian cells. E. coli strains, such as JM101 (Yanisch-
Perron et al., Gene, 33: 103-119, 1985) and MON105 (Obukowicz et al., Appl. and Enυir. Micr., 58: 1511-1523, 1992) can be used for expressing the protein component of multi-functional bioconjugates of the present invention in the cytoplasm or periplasmic space.
Table of Strains
Designation Description Reference/Source
DH5 F-, /j/u80 dZαcZdeltaM15, Life Technologies, delta«αcZYA-αrgF)U169, Rockville, Maryland deoR, recAl, endAl, hsdRH (τk-,mk+), phoA, supE44, lambda-, thi-1, gyrA96, relAl
JM101 (ATCC#33876) delta (pro lac), supE, thi, V Yanisch-Perron et al.,
(tταD36, proA+B÷, lacte, Gene, 33: 103-119, 1985
ZαcZdeltaMlδ)
MON105 F-, lambda-,IN (rrnD, Obukowicz et al., Appl. (ATCC#55204) rrnE)l, rpoD+, rpoH358 and Envir. Micr., 58: 1511- 1523, 1992
MON208 W3110 rpoH358, ZαcIQ, Alan Easton, Monsanto ompT .kan Company
TGI delta(lac-pro), supΕ, thi-1, Amersham Corp., Λs<iD5/F'(trαD36, proA+B+, Arlington Heights, Illinois Zαclq, ZαcZdeltaMlδ)
DH5α subcloning efficiency cells are purchased as competent cells and are ready for transformation using the manufacturer's protocol, while both E. coli strains TGI and MON105 are rendered competent to take up DNA using a CaCl2 method. Typically, 20 to 50 mL of cells are grown in LB medium (1% Bacto- tryptone, 0.5% Bacto-yeast extract, 150 mM NaCl) to a density of approximately 1.0 optical density unit at 600 nanometers (ODβoo) as measured by a Baush & Lomb Spectronic spectrophotometer (Rochester, NY). The cells are collected by centrifugation and resuspended in one-fifth culture volume of CaCl2 solution (50 mM CaCl2, 10 mM Tris-Cl, pH7.4) and are held at 4°C for 30 minutes. The cells are again collected by centrifugation and resuspended in one-tenth culture volume
of CaCl2 solution. Ligated DNA is added to 0.2 mL of these cells, and the samples are held at 4°C for 30-60 minutes. The samples are shifted to 42°C for two minutes and 1.0 mL of LB is added prior to shaking the samples at 37°C for one hour. Cells from these samples are spread on plates (LB medium plus 1.5% Bacto-agar) containing either ampicillin (100 micrograms/mL, ug/mL) when selecting for ampicillin-resistant transformants, or spectinomycin (75 ug/mL) when selecting for spectinomycin-resistant transformants. The plates are incubated overnight at 37°C.
Colonies are picked and inoculated into LB plus appropriate antibiotic (100 ug/mL ampicillin or 75 ug/mL spectinomycin) and are grown at 37°C while shaking.
Construction ofplasmids encoding interferon alpha 2b
Construction ofpMON30422 (encoding IFNa2b)
An interferon alpha 2b (IFNα-2b) gene was amplified from plasmid DNA from ATCC clone no. 67979 using the primer set, IFStart (SEQ ID NO. 1) and IFStop (SEQ ID NO. 2).
Oligo IFStart (SEQ ID NO:l) GATCGACCAT GGCTTGTGAT CTGCCTCAAA CC 32
Oligo IFStop (SEQ ID NO:2) CGATCGAAGC TTATTATTCC TTACTTCTTA AACTTT 36
The primers were designed to include the appropriate restriction enzyme recognition sites which allow cloning of the gene into expression plasmids. Conditions for polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification were 35 cycles, using settings of 92°C denaturation for one minute, 40°C annealing for one minute, and 72°C extension for one minute. A 100 ul reaction contained 100 pmol of each primer and one ug of template DNA (isolated by Qiagen Miniprep); and IX PCR reaction buffer, 200 uM dNTPs and 0.6 unit Taq DNA polymerase (Boehringer Mannheim). The PCR product was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII and gel-purified. The vector pMOΝ6875, encoding a Ptac promoter, G10L ribosome binding site and P22 terminator, was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII. The digested PCR product and vector fragment were combined and ligated. A portion of the ligation reaction was used to transform E. coli strain MOΝ208. Transformant bacteria were selected on spectinomycin-containing plates. Plasmid DNA was isolated and sequenced to confirm the correct insert. The resulting plasmid was designated pMON30422.
Construction of pMON30426 (encoding IFNa2b with optimized amino terminal codons)
To optimize expression of IFNα-2b in E. coli, a new gene with an optimized N-terminus was amplified from plasmid DNA from pMON30422 using the primer set, New IF-A (SEQ ID NO. 3) and IFStop (SEQ ID NO. 2).
Oligo IFstop (SEQ ID N0:2)
CGATCGAAGC TTATTATTCC TTACTTCTTA AACTTT 36 Oligo NewIF-A (SEQ ID N0:3)
GATCGACCAT GGCTTGTGAT CTGCCGCAAA CTCATAGCCT GGGTAGCCGT CGCACCCTGA 60 TGCTGCTGGC TCAGATGCGC CGTATCTCTC TTTTCTCCTG CTTGAAGGAC AGACA 115
The primers were designed to include the appropriate restriction enzyme recognition sites which allow cloning of the gene into expression plasmids. Conditions for polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification were 35 cycles, using settings of 92°C denaturation for one minute, 40°C annealing for one minute, and 72°C extension for one minute. A 100 ul reaction contained 100 pmol of each primer and one ug of template DNA; and IX PCR reaction buffer, 200 uM dNTPs and 0.6 unit Taq DNA polymerase (Boehringer Mannheim). The PCR product was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII and gel-purified. Vector DΝA encoding a Ptac promoter, G10L ribosome binding site and P22 terminator, pMOΝ6875, was digested with restriction endonucleases Ncol and HmdIII. The digested PCR product and vector fragment were combined and ligated. A portion of the ligation reaction was used to transform E. coli strain MOΝ208. Transformed bacteria were selected on spectinomycin-containing plates. Plasmid DNA was isolated and sequenced to confirm the correct insert. The resulting plasmid was designated pMON30426. Both pMON30422 and pMON30426 encode the same peptide.
Construction of pMON20442 (encoding cysIFNa2b)
The DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Ala-Cys-, of pMON30426 was changed to the DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Cys-, of pMON20442 by mutagenesis. The QuikChange Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit of Stratagene was used employing oligos IFcys.for (SEQ ID NO: 12) and IFcys.rev (SEQ ID NO: 13). IFcys.for GAG ATA TAT cca tgT GTG ATC TGC CGC (SEQ ID NO: 12)
IFcys.rev GCG GCA GAT CAC Aca tgg ATA TAT CTC (SEQ ID NO: 13)
Construction of plasmids encoding interferon alpha AID
Construction ofpMON20405 (encoding IFN- A ID)
Plasmid pMON30426 DNA was digested with the restriction enzymes Ncol and Hindlll resulting in a 3207 bp vector fragment. Plasmid DΝA from pMOΝ30426 was digested with Ncol and Bglϊl resulting in a 192 bp fragment. The 192 bp fragment along with a 315 bp Bgl HindUI fragment that was assembled from synthetic oligonucleotides IFΝD1 (SEQ ID NO. 4), IFND2 (SEQ ID NO. 5), IFND3X (SEQ ID NO. 6), IFND4X (SEQ ID NO. 7), IFND5 (SEQ ID NO. 8), IFND6 (SEQ ID NO. 9), IFND7 (SEQ ID NO. 10), and IFND8 (SEQ ID NO. 11) was ligated to the vector fragment. A portion of the ligation reaction was used to transform E. coli K-12 strain JM101. Transformant bacteria were selected on spectinomycin-containing plates. Plasmid DNA was isolated, analyzed by restriction analysis, and sequenced to confirm the correct insert. The genetic elements derived from plasmid pMON20405 are the pBR327 origin of replication, the tac promoter, the gene 10 leader (glO-L) ribosome binding site joined to human interferon (hlFN) alpha A/D hybrid, the P22 transcriptional terminator, and the streptomycin adenyltransferase gene.
Construction ofpMON20433 (encoding cys IFN AID)
The DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Ala-Cys-, of pMON20405 was changed to the DNA sequence encoding the N-terminus, Met-Cys-, of pMON20433 by mutagenesis. The QuikChange Site-Directed Mutagenesis Kit of Stratagene was used employing oligos IFcys.for (SEQ ID NO: 12) and IFcys.rev (SEQ ID NO: 13). The vector pMON20433 (SEQ ID NO: 22) encodes interferon A D (SEQ ID NO: 23, 28).
Table of Plasmids
Plasmid SEQ Marker Description Source
ID NO.
PMON30422 #14 spec pMON6875 NcoI/HmdIII + This work NcoI/HmdIII-digested PCR fragment encoding interferon alpha 2b
pMON30426 #16 spec pMON687δ NcoI/HmdIII + This work NcoI/HmdIII-digested PCR fragment encoding interferon alpha 2b with optimized Ν- terminal codons
pMON20442 #18 spec pMOΝ30426 modified by site This work directed mutagenesis to change the amino terminus from Met-Ala-Cys- IFN alpha 2b to Met-Cys-IFN alpha 2b
pMON20405 #20 Spec 3207 bp NcoVHindlll frag from This work pMON30426 + 192 bp frag from pMON30426 (A portion of IFN alpha) + 315 bp frag from 8 synthetic oligos with BglTUHindlll ends (D portion of IFN alpha).
Creates IFN alpha A/D hybrid.
pMON20433 #22 spec pMON20405 modified by site This work directed mutagenesis to change the amino terminus from Met-Ala-Cys- IFN alpha A/D to Met-Cys-IFN alpha A/D
Cloning and Expression
DNA isolation and characterization
Plasmid DNA can be isolated by a number of different methods and using commercially available kits known to those skilled in the art. Plasmid DNA is isolated using the Promega Wizard™ Miniprep kit (Madison, WI), the Qiagen QIAwell Plasmid isolation kits (Chatsworth, CA) or Qiagen Plasmid Midi or Mini kit. These kits follow the same general procedure for plasmid DNA isolation. Briefly, cells are pelleted by centrifugation (5000 x g), the plasmid DNA released with sequential NaOΗ/acid treatment, and cellular debris is removed by centrifugation (10000 x g). The supernatant (containing the plasmid DNA) is loaded onto a column containing a DNA-binding resin, the column is washed, and plasmid DNA eluted. After screening for the colonies with the plasmid of interest,
the E. coli cells are inoculated into 50-100 ml of LB plus appropriate antibiotic for overnight growth at 37°C in an air incubator while shaking. The purified plasmid DNA is used for DNA sequencing, further restriction enzyme digestion, additional subcloning of DNA fragments and transfection into E. coli, mammalian cells, or other cell types.
Sequence confirmation
Purified plasmid DNA is resuspended in dH20 and its concentration is determined by measuring the absorbance at 260/280 nm in a Bausch and Lomb Spectronic 601 UV spectrometer. DNA samples are sequenced using ABI PRISM™ DyeDeoxy™ terminator sequencing chemistry (Applied Biosystems Division of Perkin Elmer Corporation, Lincoln City, CA) kits (Part Number 401388 or 402078) according to the manufacturer's suggested protocol usually modified by the addition of 5% DMSO to the sequencing mixture. Sequencing reactions are performed in a DNA thermal cycler (Perkin Elmer Corporation, Norwalk, CT) following the recommended amplification conditions. Samples are purified to remove excess dye terminators with Centri-Sep™ spin columns (Princeton Separations, Adelphia, NJ) and lyophilized. Fluorescent dye labeled sequencing reactions are resuspended in deionized formamide, and sequenced on denaturing 4.75% polyacrylamide-8M urea gels using ABI Model 373A and Model 377 automated DNA sequencers. Overlapping DNA sequence fragments are analyzed and assembled into master DNA contigs using Sequencher DNA analysis software (Gene Codes Corporation, Ann Arbor, MI).
Mammalian Cell Transfection I Production of Conditioned Media
The BHK-21 cell line can be obtained from the ATCC (Rockville, MD). The cells are cultured in Dulbecco's modified Eagle media (DMEM/high-glucose), supplemented to 2 mM (mM) L-glutamine and 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS). This formulation is designated BHK growth media. Selective media is BHK growth media supplemented with 453 units/mL hygromycin B (CalBiochem, San Diego,
CA). The BHK-21 cell line was previously stably transfected with the HSV transactivating protein VP16, which transactivates the IE110 promoter found on the plasmid pMON3359 and pMON3633 and the IE175 promoter found in the plasmid pMON3360B (See Hippenmeyer et al., Bio /Technology, pp.1037-1041,
1993). The VP16 protein drives expression of genes inserted behind the IE 110 or
IE175 promoter. BHK-21 cells expressing the transactivating protein VP16 are designated BHK-VP16. The plasmid pMONlllδ (See Highkin et al., Poultry Sci.,
70: 970-981, 1991) expresses the hygromycin resistance gene from the SV40 promoter. A similar plasmid, pSV2-hph, is available from ATCC.
BHK-VP16 cells are seeded into a 60 millimeter (mm) tissue culture dish at 3 x 105 cells per dish 24 hours prior to transfection. Cells are transfected for 16 hours in 3 mL of "OPTIMEM"™ (Gibco-BRL, Gaithersburg, MD) containing 10 ug of plasmid DNA containing the gene of interest, 3 ug hygromycin resistance plasmid, pMONlllβ, and 80 ug of Gibco-BRL "LIPOFECTAMINE"™ per dish. The media is subsequently aspirated and replaced with 3 mL of growth media. At 48 hours post-transfection, media from each dish is collected and assayed for activity (transient conditioned media). The cells are removed from the dish by trypsin-EDTA, diluted 1:10, and transferred to 100 mm tissue culture dishes containing 10 mL of selective media. After approximately 7 days in selective media, resistant cells grow into colonies several millimeters in diameter. The colonies are removed from the dish with filter paper (cut to approximately the same size as the colonies and soaked in trypsin/EDTA) and transferred to individual wells of a 24 well plate containing 1 mL of selective media. After the clones are grown to confluence, the conditioned media is re-assayed, and positive clones are expanded into growth media.
Expression of recombinant proteins in E. coli
E. coli strain MON105 or JM101 harboring the plasmid of interest are grown at 37°C in M9 plus casamino acids medium with shaking in an air incubator Model G2δ from New Brunswick Scientific (Edison, NJ). Growth is monitored at ODβoo until it reaches a value of 1.0 at which time nalidixic acid (10 mg/mL) in 0.1 N NaOH is added to a final concentration of δ0 μg/mL. The cultures are then shaken at 37°C for three to four additional hours. A high degree of aeration is maintained throughout culture period in order to achieve maximal production of the desired gene product. The cells are examined under a light microscope for the presence of inclusion bodies (IB). One mL aliquots of the culture are removed for analysis of protein content by boiling the pelleted cells, treating them with reducing buffer and electrophoresis via SDS-PAGE (see Maniatis et al., "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", 1982). The culture is centrifuged (5000 x g) to pellet the cells.
Purification
Isolation of Inclusion Bodies
The cell pellet from a 330 mL E. coli culture is resuspended in 15 mL of sonication buffer (10 mM 2-amino-2-(hydroxymethyl) 1,3-propanediol hydrochloride (Tris-HCl), pH 8.0, 1 mM ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). These resuspended cells are sonicated using the microtip probe of a Sonicator Cell Disruptor (Model W-375, Heat Systems-Ultrasonics, Inc., Farmingdale, New York). Three rounds of sonication in sonication buffer followed by centrifugation are employed to disrupt the cells and wash the inclusion bodies (IB). The first round of sonication is a 3 minute burst followed by a 1 minute burst, and the final two rounds of sonication are for 1 minute each.
Purification
E. coli inclusion bodies were dissolved in 6 M Gn-HCl, 10 mM EDTA, pH 8.δ-9; stirred at 4°C for 1 hr and then diluted 4-fold with 0.1M Tris/HCl pH 8.1. The solution is left to oxidize, while stirring, for 48-72 hrs at 4°C. The structure of refolded molecules is monitored by reverse-phase HPLC.
The sample was dialyzed against 20 volumes of 0.1 M NaCl at 4°C and the precipitate removed by centrifugation. The pH of the sample was adjusted to pH 4.5 by addition of NaP/phosphoric acid. The sample was dialyzed against 50 mM NaP, pH 4.5, O.lδ M NaCl. Precipitates are removed from the sample by centrifugation and the sample was applied to Mono S or S-sepharose and eluted with 1 M NaCl in δO mM NaP, pH 4.5. The pH of the eluted sample was adjusted to pH 7 by the addition of dibasic NaP and then loaded onto a Pharmacia Cu- chelate resin, washed and eluted in 50 mM acidic acid, 0.25 M NaCl, pH 3.
If the sample was relatively pure at this point, no further processing was necessary. Occasionally a smaller molecular weight contaminant was present that was removed on a Q Sepharose column by adjusting the pH of the sample to 9.5 with Caps buffer and then loaded onto a Q Sepharose column. The protein was eluted with a 0.2 to O.δM NaCl gradient at pH 9.5- 9.8.
In some cases the folded proteins can be affinity-purified using affinity reagents such as monoclonal antibodies or receptor subunits attached to a suitable matrix. Purification can also be accomplished using any of a variety of chromatographic methods such as: ion exchange, gel filtration or hydrophobic chromatography or reversed phase HPLC. These and other protein purification methods are described in detail in Methods in Enzymology, Volume 182 "Guide to Protein Purification" edited by Murray Deutscher, Academic Press, San Diego, California, 1990.
Protein Characterization
Purified proteins are analyzed by RP-HPLC, electrospray mass spectrometry, and SDS-PAGE. Protein quantitation is done by amino acid composition, RP-HPLC, and Bradford protein determination. In some cases tryptic
5 peptide mapping is performed in conjunction with electrospray mass spectrometry to confirm the identity of the protein.
The structures of bioconjugates containing avb3 inhibitors conjugated to interferon were characterized by electrospray mass spectrometry, SDS-PAGE, mapping of trypsin-digested fragments, and amino acid composition analysis. 0 Endotoxin levels in recombinant protein samples were determined by standard assays.
Biological Assays
The activity of the compounds of the present invention was tested in the following assays. The results of testing in the assays are tabulated in Table 4.
5 Assay for Human Interferon-Induced Antiviral Activity
Antiviral activity induced by human interferon is measured spectrophotometrically as inhibition of the cytopathic effect that normally results from infection of Madin Darby bovine kidney cells, (ATCC CCL #22), with vesicular stomatitis virus (VSV) (ATCC VR-158) (Rubinstein et al., J. Virol. 37(2): 7δδ-758, 0 1981). VSV stocks are prepared on mouse L cells (L929) (ATCC CCL# 1). Samples of interferon are serially titrated in a 96-well plate format and incubated with 4 x 104 cells per well, 6 hours prior to addition of virus at a multiplicity of infection of 0.1 plaque forming units per cell. The cells are stained with crystal violet at 20-24 hours postinfection and staining is measured spectrophotometrically at 680 nm. δ The relative potencies of the samples are compared with Intron A, a recombinant interferon produced by Schering Plough and obtained by prescription.
Inhibitory effect on Proliferation ofDaudi Cells
Human Burkitt's lymphoma Daudi cells (ATCC) are seeded at 2 x 104 cells/well into 96-well tissue culture plates and cells are cultured in the presence or 0 absence of serial doses of rhIFN alpha 2b for 3 days. Cultures are pulsed with 3H- thymidine for the last hour of the culture period, and the 3H-thymidine uptake, counts per minute (cpm), measured on a Beta-plate reader. All samples are assayed in triplicate.
Endothelial cell proliferation assay
The endothelial cell proliferation assay was performed as described by Cao et al., (J. Biol. Chem. 271: 29461-29467, 1996). Briefly, human dermal microvascular endothelial cells (HdMVEC, Clonetics) or bovine microvascular 5 endothelial cells (BacEnd, Incell) were maintained in MCDB131 containing 5% heat-inactivated fetal bovine serum (FBS, Hyclone), antibiotics, 100 ug/ml heparin (Sigma) and 100 ug/ml endothelial mitogen (Biomedical Technologies). Confluent monolayers at passages 2-5 were dispersed in .05% trypsin and resuspended in complete medium. Five hundred ul of complete media containing 1.25 x 104 cells 0 were seeded into wells of a 24-well tissue culture plate coated with 0.1% gelatin (Sigma). The cells were incubated overnight at 3775% CO2 at which time the media was replaced with 250 ul of media containing 5% FBS and various concentrations of inhibitors. After 30 minutes of incubation, 250 ul of media containing 1 ng/ml bFGF (R&D Systems) was added and the cells were incubated 5 for an additional 72 hours, at which time they were trypsinized and counted with a Coulter counter.
Endothelial cell migration assay
The endothelial cell migration assay is performed essentially as previous described (Gately et al., Cancer Res. 56:4887-4890, 1996). To determine the ability 0 of angiostatin to inhibit the migration of endothelial cells, migration assays were performed in a transwell chamber (Costar) containing 8 mm pore size polycarbonate membranes. The cells utilized in the assay were either human microvascular endothelial cells from Emory or bovine endothelial cells (kindly provided by Gately Northwestern University, Evanston, IL). The cells were 5 starved overnight before use in MCDB131 + 0.1% BSA (human cells) or DMEM + 0.1% BSA (bovine cells), harvested, and resuspended in the same media at 106 cells/ml. The lower side of the transwells were coated with 0.1% gelatin for 30 minutes at 37°C before addition of 2 x 105 cells to the upper chamber. The transwell was moved to a well containing the chemoattractant (bFGF or VEGF) in 0 the lower chamber. Migration was allowed to occur overnight at 37°C. The membranes were then fixed and stained, and the number of cells that migrated to the lower side of the membrane counted in 3 high powered fields.
Micro-pocket assay to evaluate anti-angiogenic activity
The corneal micropocket assay has been developed to evaluate the anti- δ angiogenic activity of test compounds in mice. BALBc or C57BL strains of mice are
anesthetized with avertin (tribromoethanol, 125 mpk, 0.3-.4 ml/mouse, i.p., 25 ga needle). The eyes are topically anesthetized with 0.5% proparacaine. Only one eye is used. The eye is proptosed with a small forceps and under an operating microscope, a central, intrastromal linear keratotomy is performed with a #15 blade parallel to the insertion of the lateral rectus muscle. A modified cataract knife (1 x 20 mm) is then inserted to dissect a lamellar micropocket to within 1 mm of the temporal limbus. A single Hydron pellet containing either basic fibroblastic growth factor or vascular endothelial growth factor (bFGF or VEGF) is placed on the eye and pushed into the pocket with one arm of the forceps. The flap is self- sealing. Antibiotic ointment (Neobacimyx) is applied once to prevent infection and to decrease irritation of the irregular ocular surface.
Compounds are administered immediately post-operatively. They can be administered either orally, intraperitoneally, subcutaneously or intravenously, depending on bioavailability and potency of the compound. Dosing is from one to three times daily for oral compounds, one or two per day for i.p. or s.q., and once per day via the tail vein for i.v. delivery. Volumes do not exceed 5ml/kg orally, lOml/kg i.p. or s.q. or 2.5 ml/kg i.v. All injections are done with a 25 guage needle.
On post-operative day 5 or 6 the mice are anesthetized with avertin (125 mpk, i.p.), the eyes proptosed, and the degree of neovascularization assessed by determining the maximum vessel length, and the contiguous circumferential zone involved. Using the formula for the area of an ellipse, the neovascular area is measured. The animals receive a thoracotomy while still anesthetized, to assure euthanasia. Some of the eyes are removed for histology. If blood samples are required for compound blood levels, the mice are bled by cardiac puncture immediately following the corneal neovascularization assessment. This is done via a substernal approach with a 1 inch, 23 guage needle, and the animal is subsequently euthanized.
Animals are monitored daily following surgery. Topical proparicaine is used as necessary to relieve irritation of the affected eye. The maximum number of bleeds per rat is four, every third day, although typically only two are required, one at day 4 or 6 and one at completion.
Mouse models for anti-tumor activity
Several mouse models can be used to evaluate the anti-tumor activity of the chimeric proteins; either direct effects on the growth of the primary tumor or effects on metastasis. These can be divided into two broad classes: syngeneic
models of mouse tumor in mice, such as the Lewis Lung Carcinoma (Sugiura and Stock, Cancer Res., 15: 38-51, 1955; O'Reilly et al., Cell 79(2): 315-328, 1994) and xenograft models of human tumors in nude or severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) mice. Examples of the human tumor xenografts include: the breast cancer cell lines, MDA-MB-435 (Price, Breast Cancer Research and Treatment, 39: 93-102, 1996) and MDA-231 (Sasaki et al., Can. Res. 55: 3551-3557, 1995), the human prostate carcinoma cell line, PC-3 (Pretlow et al, Can. Res. 51: 3814-3817, 1991; Passaniti et al., Int. J. Cancer, 51: 318-324, 1992) and the human melanoma line M21 (Felding-Habermann et al., J. Clin. Invest, 89: 2018-2022, 1992).
Solid phase receptor assays - Vitronectin adhesion assay
Human vitronectin receptor (αvβ3) was purified from human placenta as previously described (Pytela et al., Methods in Enzymology, 144: 475-489, 1987). Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as previously described (Yatohgo et al., Cell Structure and Function, 13: 281-292, 1988)] . Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical Company (Rockford, IL) to purified vitronectin as previously described (Charo et al., J. Biol. Chem., 266(3): 1415-1421 1991). Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). Anti-biotin antibody was obtained from CalBiochem (La Jolla, CA). Linbro microtiter plates were obtained from Flow Labs (McLean, VA). ADP reagent was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO).
This assay was essentially the same as previously reported (Niiya et al., Blood, 70: 475-483, 1987). The purified human vitronectin receptor ( vββ) was diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 g/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 mM Ca++, Mg^, and Mn++, pH 7.4 (TBS+++). The diluted receptor was immediately transferred to Linbro microtiter plates at 100 uL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4 C to allow the receptor to bind to the wells. All remaining steps were at room temperature. The assay plates were emptied and 200 uL of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS+++ (TBS+-VBSA) were added to block exposed plastic surfaces. Following a 2 hour incubation, the assay plates were washed with TBS+++ using a 96 well plate washer. Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS+++/BSA as the diluent. This premixing of labeled ligand with test (or control) ligand, and subsequent transfer of 50 uL aliquots to the assay plate was carried out with a CETUS Propette robot; the final concentration of the labeled ligand was 1 nM and the highest concentration of test compound was 1.0 x 10-4 M. The competition occurred for two hours after
which all wells were washed with a plate washer as before. Affinity purified horseradish peroxidase labeled goat anti-biotin antibody was diluted 1:3000 in TBS+++/BSA and 12δ uL were added to each well. After 30 minutes, the plates were washed and incubated with OPD/H202 substrate in 100 mM L Citrate buffer, 5 pH 5.0. The plate was read with a microtiter plate reader at a wavelength of 450 nm and when the maximum-binding control wells reached an absorbance of about 1.0, the final A450 were recorded for analysis. The data were analyzed using a macro written for use with the EXCEL™ spreadsheet program. The mean, standard deviation, and %CV were determined for duplicate concentrations. The 0 mean A450 values were normalized to the mean of four maximum-binding controls (no competitor added)(B-MAX). The normalized values were subjected to a four parameter curve fit algorithm (Rodbard et al., Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, pp 469, 1977), plotted on a semi-log scale, and the computed concentration corresponding to inhibition of 50% of the maximum binding of biotinylated 5 vitronectin (IC50) and corresponding R2 was reported for those compounds exhibiting greater than 50% inhibition at the highest concentration tested; otherwise the IC50 is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested. β- [ [2- [ [δ- [(aminoiminomethyl)amino] - 1-oxopentyl] amino] -1- oxoethyl] amino] -3-pyridinepropanoic acid which is a potent αvβ3 antagonist (IC50 in 0 the range 3-10 nM) was included on each plate as a positive control.
Solid phase receptor assays ■ Purified Hb I Ilia receptor assay
Human fibrinogen receptor (απbβa) was purified from outdated platelets. (Pytela, R., Pierschbacher, M.D., Argraves, S., Suzuki, S., and Rouslahti, E. "Arginine-Glycine-Aspartic acid adhesion receptors", Methods in Enzymology 144: δ 47δ-489, 1987) Human vitronectin was purified from fresh frozen plasma as described (Yatohgo, T., Izumi, M., Kashiwagi, H., and Hayashi, M., "Novel purification of vitronectin from human plasma by heparin affinity chromatography," Cell Structure and Function 13:):281-292, 1988). Biotinylated human vitronectin was prepared by coupling NHS-biotin from Pierce Chemical 0 Company (Rockford, IL) to purified vitronectin as previously described. (Charo, I.F., Nannizzi, L., Phillips, D.R., Hsu, M.A., Scarborough, R.M., "Inhibition of fibrinogen binding to GP Ilb/IIIa by a GP Ilia peptide", J. Biol. Chem. 266(3): 1415-1421, 1991). Assay buffer, OPD substrate tablets, and RIA grade BSA were obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO). Anti-biotin antibody was obtained from 5 CalBiochem (La Jolla, CA). Linbro microtiter plates were obtained from Flow Labs (McLean, VA). ADP reagent was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO).
This assay is essentially the same reported in Niiya, K., Hodson, E., Bader, R., Byers-Ward, V. Koziol, J.A., Plow, E.F. and Ruggeri, Z.M., "Increased surface expression of the membrane glycoprotein Ilb/IIIa complex induced by platelet activation: Relationships to the binding of fibrinogen and platelet aggregation", Blood 70: 475-483, 1987). The purified human fibrinogen receptor (allbb3) was diluted from stock solutions to 1.0 μg/mL in Tris-buffered saline containing 1.0 M Ca++, Mg++, and Mn++, pH 7.4 (TBS+++). The diluted receptor was immediately transferred to Linbro microtiter plates at 100 uL/well (100 ng receptor/well). The plates were sealed and incubated overnight at 4 C to allow the receptor to bind to the wells. All remaining steps were at room temperature. The assay plates were emptied and 200 μL of 1% RIA grade BSA in TBS+++ (TBS+++/BSA) were added to block exposed plastic surfaces. Following a 2 hour incubation, the assay plates were washed with TBS+++ using a 96 well plate washer. Logarithmic serial dilution of the test compound and controls were made starting at a stock concentration of 2 mM and using 2 nM biotinylated vitronectin in TBS+++/BSA as the diluent. This premixing of labeled ligand with test (or control) ligand, and subsequent transfer of 50 uL aliquots to the assay plate was carried out with a CETUS Propette robot; the final concentration of the labeled ligand was 1 nM and the highest concentration of test compound was 1.0 x 10-4 M. The competition occurred for two hours after which all wells were washed with a plate washer as before. Affinity purified horseradish peroxidase labeled goat anti-biotin antibody was diluted 1:3000 in TBS+++/BSA and 125 uL were added to each well. After 30 minutes, the plates were washed and incubated with ODD/H202 substrate in 100 mM/L citrate buffer, pH 5.0. The plate was read with a microtiter plate reader at a wavelength of 450 nm and when the maximum-binding control wells reached an absorbance of about 1.0, the final A450 were recorded for analysis. The data were analyzed using a macro written for use with the EXCEL™ spreadsheet program. The mean, standard deviation, and %CV were determined for duplicate concentrations. The mean A450 values were normalized to the mean of four maximum-binding controls (no competitor added)(B-MAX). The normalized values were subjected to a four parameter curve fit algorithm, (Robard et al., Int. Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, pp 469, 1977), plotted on a semi-log scale, and the computed concentration corresponding to inhibition of 50% of the maximum binding of biotinylated vitronectin (ICδO) and corresponding R2 was reported for those compounds exhibiting greater than δ0% inhibition at the highest concentration tested; otherwise the ICδO is reported as being greater than the highest concentration tested. b- [ [2- [ [δ- [( aminoiminomethyDamino] - 1-oxopentyl] amino] - 1-oxoethyl]
amino] -3-pyridinepropanoic acid which is a potent avb3 antagonist (IC50 in the range 3-10 nM) was included on each plate as a positive control.
All references, patents, or applications cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Tables
Table 1. Series 100 multifunctional avfJ3 antagonist interferon-alpha bioconjugates
Compound # Class Structure
100 I Ai-GDA-IFN-cc
101 II (A1-GDSLA)2K-AGAGA-IFN-α
102 II (Ai-GDSGA)2K-AGAYGA-IFN-α
103 IV {[( Ai-GDSLA)2K]2K}2K -AGAGA-IFN-α
wherein A1 is:
Table 2. Series 200 multifunctional avb3 antagonist interferon-alpha b ioconjugates
Compound # Class Structure
201 A!-GDS-AGAGA- IFN-α
202 Ai-GDS-GGGGAS-AGAGA- IFN-α
203 Ai-GDS-(GGGGS)2- IFN-α
204 A!-GDS-(GGGGS)4- IFN-α
205 II (Ai-GDSGGGGA)2K-AGAGGA- IFN-α
206 III [(A1-GDSGGGGGA)2K]2K-AGAGGA- IFN-α
207 A -GDS-AGAGA- IFN-α
208 A2-GDS-GGGGAS-AGAGA- IFN-α
209 A2-GDS-(GGGGS)2- IFN-α
210 A -GDS-(GGGGS)4- IFN-α
211 II (A2-GDSGGGGA)2K-AGAGGA- IFN-α
212 III [(A -GDSGGGGGA)2K]2K-AGAGGA- IFN-α
wherein A1 is:
and
wherein A2 is
Table 3. Solid-phase receptor binding assay of the free form aυb3 antagonists and the chimeric avb3 antagonist interferon-alpha conjugates.
Com- Class Structure IC50 (nm) IC50 (nm) pound avba Ilbπia
202 Ai-GDA-CDLPQ-NH2 0.56 900
203 II (Ai-GDSLA)2K-AGAGA- .16 211
CDLPQ-NH2
204 II (Ai-GDSLA)2K-AGAGA- .78 >9.5
IFN-alpha
205 r {[(Ai-GDSLA)2K]2K}2K - 0.15 111
AGAGA-IFN-alpha
206 III {[Ai-GDS-GGGGA]2K}2K - 0.13 208
AGAGA-IFN-alpha
wherein A1 is:
Table 4. Series 300 chimeric avb3 antagonist interferon-alpha conjugates
Compound # Class Structure
301 V Al-GDSLA Al-GDSLA
Al - GDSLA - Lys -GAGAG - Lys- GAGAG-IFN-α
302 VI Al -GDSLA Al -GDSLA Al-GDSLA
I I I
Al - GDSLA- Lys - AGAG - Lys -AGAG - Lys- AGAG-IFN-α
303 VII Al-GDSLA Al-GDSLA Al-GDSLA Al-GDSLA
I I I I
Al-GDSLA- Lys - AGAG - Lys -AGAG - Lys- AGAG- Lys - AGAG - IFN - α
304 V A2-GDSLA A2-GDSLA
I I
A2 - GDSLA - Lys -GAGAG - Lys- GAGAG-IFN-α
30δ VI A2-GDSLA A2-GDSLA A2-GDSLA
I I I
A2 - GDSLA- Lys - AGAG - Lys -AGAG - Lys- AGAG-IFN-α
306 VII A2-GDSLA A2-GDSLA A2-GDSLA A2-GDSLA
I I I I
A2-GDSLA- Lys - AGAG - Lys -AGAG - Lys- AGAG- Lys - AGAG - IFN - α
Table 5. Series 400 multifunctional avb3 antagonist interferon-alpha bioconjugates
Compound* Class Structure
400 A'-GDA-NHT
X-A-IFN-α
wherein A1 is
and
X is succinyl (-C(0)-CH2-CH2-C(0)- ), amino acids, or peptides served as linker.
Table 6: SEQ ID Correlation table
SEQ ID NO. SEQ ID Name
1 oligo IFStart
2 oligo IFStop
3 oligo New IF-A
4 oligo IFND1
5 oligo IFND2
6 oligo IFND3X
7 oligo IFND4X
8 oligo IFND5
9 oligo IFND6
10 oligo IFND7
11 oligo IFND8
12 oligo IFcys.for
13 oligo IFcys.rev
14 PM0N36422.seq
15 pM0N36422.pep
16 pMON30426.seq
17 p ON36426.seq
18 pMON20442.seq
19 PMON20442.pep
20 PMON20405.seq
21 pMON20405.pep
22 pMON20433.seq
23 pMON20433.pep
24 36422.pep
25 30426.pep
26 20442.pep
27 20405.pep
28 20433.pep
29 peptide linker
30 peptide linker
31 peptide linker
32 peptide linker
33 peptide linker
34 peptide linker
35 peptide linker
36 peptide linker
37 peptide linker GDSLA
38 peptide linker GDSGA
39 peptide linker GDSGGGGA
40 peptide linker GDSGGGGGA
41 peptide linker GDSGGGGAS
42 peptide linker GDS(GGGGS)2
43 peptide linker GDS(GGGG>4
44 peptide linker AGAG
peptide linker AGAGA peptide linker AGAGGA peptide linker AGAYGA peptide linker GAGAG peptide linker GAGAG
Claims
1. A bioconjugate comprising one or more avb3 antagonist moieties coupled to an amide or to a metastasis-associated receptor ligand by a covalent bond or by a linear or branched linker.
2. A compound of claim 1 selected from the group of formulas I, II, III, IV, V, VI, and VII consisting of:
Ai-Li-Ri-Ti,
A1
\
R2ΓÇö R1 T1
/
L1
/ A1
II
A1
/
L1
((Ai-Li)2R4-R3)2R2-R1-Ti,
πι
(((Ai-L1)2R6-R5)2R-R3)2R-R1-Ti, rv
\
L I1
\
I R2ΓÇö R1 T1
/
L1
/ A1 (Ai-L1)2R2-R1-Ti,
II
(A»-L1)2R4-R8-[Ai-Li-]R«-R1-Ti,
(A1-Li)2R6-R5-[Ai-Li-]R4-R3-[A1-L1-]R2-R1-Ti,
VI
(A1-H)2R8-R7-[Ai-Li-]R«-R5-[Ai-Li-]R4-R3-[A1-L1-]R2-Ri-Ti,
VII
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: A1 separately or in combination with 1 is an avb3 antagonist,
T1 is selected from the group consisting of metastasis-associated receptor ligands and amides,
L1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds A1 to R2, R4, R6, or
R8, R2, R4, R6, and R8 are branched linkers,
R3, R5, and R7 are covalent bonds or linkers that covalently bond R2 to R4, R4 to R6, and R6 to R8, respectfully, and
R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1.
3. A compound of claim 1, wherein said ligand is an agonist.
4 A compound of claim 1, wherein said ligand is an antagonist.
5. The compound as recited in claim 2 wherein T1 is a polypeptide.
6. The compound as recited in claim 5 wherein said polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of natural cytokines, synthetic cytokines, and anti- angiogenic proteins.
7. A compound of claim 6, wherein said anti-angiogenic protein is selected from the group consisting of angiostatin and endostatin.
8. A compound of claim 6, wherein said polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of interleukin-2, interleukin-7, interleukin-12, interleukin-l╬┤, interferons and progenipoietin-G, erythropoietin, erythropoietin receptor agonists, colony stimulating factors, and hematopoietic growth factors.
9. A compound of claim 8, wherein said cytokine is human interferon.
10. A compound of claim 9, wherein said interferon is interferon alpha.
11. A compound of claim 10, wherein said interferon alpha is interferon alpha 2b.
12. A compound of claim 10, wherein said interferon alpha is interferon alpha A/D hybrid.
13. The compound of claim 10, wherein the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide is selected from the group consisting of
SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 24, SEQ ID NO: 25, SEQ ID NO: 26, SEQ ID NO: 27, and SEQ ID NO: 28.
14. A compound of claim 2, wherein L1 is a peptide linker.
15. The compound as recited in claim 14 wherein said peptide linker is a peptide ranging in length from 2 through 10 amino acids.
16. A compound according to claim 15 wherein
said peptide linker is Gly-Asp, and
said amide is selected from the group consisting of serine amide (- CH-(CH3)-C=0-NH2), alanine amide (-CH-(CH2OH)-C=0-NH2), and - ala-cys-asp-leu-pro-gln-NH2.
17. A compound according to claim l╬┤ wherein
said peptide linker is Gly-Asp-L2,
wherein;
L2 is selected from the group consisting of Ala, Arg, Asn, Asp, Cys, Gin, Glu, Gly, His, He, Leu, Lys, Met, Phe, Pro, Ser, Thr, Trp, Try, Val.
18. A compound according to claim 17 wherein
L2 is selected from the group consisting of Ala, Ser, Val.
19. The compound as recited in claim 17 wherein said peptide linker is one or more peptide sequences selected from the group consisting of;
5 -Gly-Asp-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 29);
-Gly-Asp-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 30);
-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 31);
-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 32);
-Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ala- (SEQ ID NO: 33);
0 -Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 34);
-Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly- Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 35); and
-Gly-Asp-Ala-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly-Ser-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly- Ser- (SEQ ID NO: 36).
5 20. A compound of claim 2, wherein said L1 is a peptide linker, said peptide linker is one or more peptide sequences selected from the group consisting of;
GDA (SEQ ID NO: 29)
GDS (SEQ ID NO: 30)
GDSLA (SEQ ID NO: 37) 0 GDSGA (SEQ ID NO : 38)
GDSGGGGA (SEQ ID NO : 9)
GDSGGGGGA (SEQ ID NO: 40)
GDSGGGGAS (SEQ ID NO: 41)
GDS(GGGGΞ)2 (SEQ ID NO: 42) and δ GDS(GGGG), (SEQ ID NO: 43).
21. A compound of claim 2 wherein R2, R4, R6, and R8 are branched linkers and said branched linker is lysine.
22. A compound of claim 2 wherein R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1 and R1 is selected from the group consisting of peptides 0 and amino-alkyl carboxylic acids.
23. A compound of claim 2 wherein R1 is a covalent bond or a linker that covalently bonds R2 to T1 and R1 is selected from the group consisting of
AGAGA-C=0-S-CH2CH2CONH2 ; AGAG (SEQ ID NO : 39 ) ╬┤ AGAGA ( SEQ ID NO : 40 )
AGAGGA ( SEQ ID NO : 41 ) AGAYGA ( SEQ ID NO : 42 ) ; and GAGAG ( SEQ ID NO : 43 ) .
24. A compound of claim 2 wherein R3, R5, and R7 is selected from the group consisting of:
AGAG ( SEQ ID NO : 39); and GAGAG (SEQ ID NO : 44) .
2╬┤. A compound of claim 2 wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of ,
and
26. A compound of claim 2 wherein T1 is selected from the group consisting of amides, metastasis-associated receptor ligands, and fragments of said ligands.
27. A compound of claim 2 wherein A1 is a compound of the formula XI,
XI
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
X is C or N; R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, halogen, haloalkyl, haloalkoxy, nitro, amino, alkylamino, acylamino, dialkylamino, cyano, alkylthio, alkylsulfonyl, carboxyl moieties, trihaloacetamide, acetamide, aryl, fused aryl, 5 cycloalkyl, thio, monocyclic heterocycle, and fused monocyclic heterocycle;
R is R┬╗, R12, or R13, wherein
R" is NH2-(C=NH)NH-, HO-NH-(C=NH)NH-, NH2-(C=S)NH-, or HO-NH-(C=S)NH-; or
Ri is R8-(benzyl)-NH-(C--Y)-NH-, wherein;
10 Y is O or S; and
R8 is a substituent independently selected from the group of the following substituents:
hydrogen, halogen, haloalkyl, lower alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, mercapto, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, carboxyl l╬┤ derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethyl, sulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, haloalkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, unsubstituted aryl, fused aryl, monocyclic heterocycles, and fused monocyclic heterocycles;
unsubstituted aryl or aryl optionally substituted with one or more 0 substituent selected from the group consisting of
halogen, haloalkyl, lower alkyl, alkoxy, methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, alkylthio, haloalkylthio, mercapto, hydroxy, cyano, nitro, carboxyl derivatives, aryloxy, amido, acylamino, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, trifluoroalkoxy, trifluoromethylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfonic acid, sulfonamide, aryl, fused aryl, ╬┤ monocyclic heterocycles, and fused monocyclic heterocycles;
unsubstituted monocyclic heterocycle or monocyclic heterocycle optionally substituted with one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of
halogen, haloalkyl, lower alkyl, alkoxy, aryloxy, amino, nitro, hydroxy, carboxyl derivatives, cyano, alkylthio, and alkylsulfonyl;
0 or; R1 is
wherein;
R7 is hydrogen or hydroxyl;
╬┤ R5 and R6 are each substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, halogen, phenyl, amino, carboxyl or carboxyl ester, and fused phenyl;
A is nitrogen or -CH=; and
m is an integer 1, 2, 3,or 4.
10 28. A compound of claim 27 wherein
X is C; and
R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
29. A compound of claim 27 wherein
l╬┤ R13 is
wherein;
X is C;
R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
R7 is hydrido or hydroxyl;
R5 and R6 are one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, and hydroxy;
A is nitrogen; and
m is an integer 1 or 2.
30. A compound of claim 2, wherein A1 is a compound of the formula XIII,
10 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
R4 = H, CF3, Cl;
R is selected from R11, R12 ; R1 ; wherein
R11 is NH2-(C=NH)-, HO-NH-(C--NH)-;
R" is benzyl-NH-(C=Y)- ; and
l╬┤ Y = 0, S;
R14 is
3-[(l,4,╬┤,6-tetrahydro-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl-, 3-[(l,4,╬┤,6-tetrahydro-4-hydroxy-2-pyrimidyl)amino benzoyl-
31. A compound selected from:
0 Compound 100, Compound 101, Compound 102, Compound 103.
32. A compound selected from:
Compound 201, Compound 202, Compound 203, Compound 204, Compound 20╬┤, Compound 206, Compound 207, Compound 208, Compound 209, Compound 210, Compound 211, Compound 212.
╬┤
33. A compound of claim 1 wherein; A1 is a compound of the formula XTV,
XIV
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
J1 is selected from the group consisting of Gly-Asp-Ala-NH2, and Gly-Asp- 10 Ser-NH2.
R4 is one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, halogen, and haloalkyl.
R is
l╬┤ wherein;
R7 is hydrogen or hydroxyl;
R5 and R6 are one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, lower alkyl, hydroxy;
A is nitrogen; and m is an integer 1 or 2.
34. A compound selected from:
Compound 301, Compound 302, Compound 303, Compound 304, Compound 305, Compound 306.
╬┤ 3╬┤. Use of a compound of claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament for therapeutic application to inhibit tumor growth.
36. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to claim 1 in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
10 37. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 36 further comprising an adjunctive agent.
38. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 37 further comprising a chemotherapeutic agent.
39. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 37 further comprising an l╬┤ immunotherapeutic agent.
40. A process of treating a human patient with an angiogenesis-mediated disease, comprising administering to said patient an effective amount of compound of claim 1.
41. The process of claim 40, wherein the angiogenesis-mediated disease is
20 selected from the group consisting of cancer, arthritis, and macular degeneration.
42. A process of treating cancer comprising administering to a mammalian host suffering therefrom a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1 in unit dosage form.
43. A process of inhibiting elevated levels of tumor antigens comprising 5 administering to a host in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of claim 1 in unit dosage form.
44. A process of modulating tumors in a patient comprising administering an angiogenesis-inhibiting effective amount of the compound as recited in claim 1 to said patient.
0 45. A process of treating inhibiting the proliferation of tumor cells in a patient comprising administering an angiogenesis-inhibiting effective amount of the compound as recited in claim 1 to said patient.
46. The process of claim 45 wherein said tumor cells are selected from the group consisting of lung cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, colon cancer, renal cancer, bladder cancer, melanoma, hepatoma, sarcoma, and lymphoma.
47. A process for the treatment of a patient with a solid tumor, that comprises the steps of:
(a) administering an effective dose of angiogenesis-inhibiting effective amount of the compound as recited in claim 1 to a patient in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle; and
(b) maintaining said patient for a time period sufficient to cause a reduction in tumor size.
48. The process according to claim 47 wherein said steps (a) and (b) are repeated.
49. A compound selected from: Compound 400, Compound 401, Compound 402, Compound 403.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US9644298P | 1998-08-13 | 1998-08-13 | |
US96442P | 1998-08-13 | ||
PCT/US1999/004296 WO2000009143A1 (en) | 1998-08-13 | 1999-04-07 | Multivalent avb3 and metastasis-associated receptor ligands |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP1104304A1 true EP1104304A1 (en) | 2001-06-06 |
Family
ID=22257375
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP99916118A Withdrawn EP1104304A1 (en) | 1998-08-13 | 1999-04-07 | Multivalent avb3 and metastasis-associated receptor ligands |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1104304A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2002522504A (en) |
AU (1) | AU3449899A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2338283A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2000009143A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB0209896D0 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2002-06-05 | Molmed Spa | Conjugate |
WO2009046080A1 (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2009-04-09 | Pharmaessentia Corp. | N-terminal modified interferon-alpha |
WO2010143708A1 (en) * | 2009-06-12 | 2010-12-16 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Targeting agent for neovascularization |
MA41044A (en) | 2014-10-08 | 2017-08-15 | Novartis Ag | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE FOR INCREASED IMMUNE RESPONSE AND CANCER TREATMENT |
SG11201804902UA (en) * | 2015-12-21 | 2018-07-30 | Brainon Inc | A composition for improving memory, learning ability, and cognitive ability |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1999051638A1 (en) * | 1998-04-08 | 1999-10-14 | G.D. Searle & Co. | DUAL Avb3 AND METASTASIS-ASSOCIATED RECEPTOR LIGANDS |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3353209B2 (en) * | 1992-04-03 | 2002-12-03 | ジェネンテク,インコーポレイテッド | Antibodies to αvβ3 integrin |
US5753230A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1998-05-19 | The Scripps Research Institute | Methods and compositions useful for inhibition of angiogenesis |
WO1997036858A1 (en) * | 1996-03-29 | 1997-10-09 | G.D. Searle & Co. | Cyclopropyl alkanoic acid derivatives |
-
1999
- 1999-04-07 JP JP2000564645A patent/JP2002522504A/en active Pending
- 1999-04-07 AU AU34498/99A patent/AU3449899A/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-04-07 EP EP99916118A patent/EP1104304A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1999-04-07 CA CA002338283A patent/CA2338283A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1999-04-07 WO PCT/US1999/004296 patent/WO2000009143A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1999051638A1 (en) * | 1998-04-08 | 1999-10-14 | G.D. Searle & Co. | DUAL Avb3 AND METASTASIS-ASSOCIATED RECEPTOR LIGANDS |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2000009143A1 (en) | 2000-02-24 |
CA2338283A1 (en) | 2000-02-24 |
JP2002522504A (en) | 2002-07-23 |
AU3449899A (en) | 2000-03-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW538048B (en) | A soluble derivative of a soluble polypeptide and its use | |
US8759285B2 (en) | VEGF superagonists and methods of use | |
EP1705248A1 (en) | Fusion proteins comprising an angiostatin moiety and their use in anti-tumour treatment | |
JP4332163B2 (en) | Dimeric thrombopoietin peptidomimetic binding to Mpl receptor and having platelet-forming activity | |
EP1107989B1 (en) | Expression and export of angiostatin and endostatin as immunofusins | |
EP0407008A2 (en) | Fibronectin fragment | |
JPH06509551A (en) | Platelet aggregation inhibitor with high specificity for Gp II↓bIII↓a | |
US20110076234A1 (en) | Peptides comprising an isodgr motif | |
JP2008231107A (en) | Anti-angiogenic polypeptide and method for inhibition of angiogenesis | |
EP0679095A1 (en) | Modified insulin-like growth factors | |
EP1070085A1 (en) | DUAL A v?b 3? AND METASTASIS-ASSOCIATED RECEPTOR LIGANDS | |
JP2018505850A (en) | Peptide having skin condition improving activity and use thereof | |
JP2014051498A (en) | Nitrogen-based linker for binding modified group to polypeptide and other polymer | |
JP2011523634A (en) | Peptides, peptidomimetics and their derivatives, their production and their use for preparing pharmaceutical compositions with therapeutic and / or prophylactic activity | |
CA2355874A1 (en) | .alpha.v.beta.6 integrin inhibitors | |
TW201838647A (en) | A conjugate of insulin analog with reduced affinity to insulin receptor and use thereof | |
EP1104304A1 (en) | Multivalent avb3 and metastasis-associated receptor ligands | |
BG108256A (en) | Interferon gamma polypeptide variants | |
CA2333929A1 (en) | Soluble derivatives of anti-angiogenic peptides | |
EP1542730B1 (en) | Modified therapeutic agents | |
AU2012202866A1 (en) | Conjugation product | |
MXPA01006229A (en) | &agr;v |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20010208 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A1 Designated state(s): AT BE CH DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU NL PT SE |
|
17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20020326 |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN |
|
18D | Application deemed to be withdrawn |
Effective date: 20031006 |